Forgotton Valley – 1977, July









Our message is built around Ezekiel, chapter 37, however, before going into it, I would like to read you the first 8 verses of I Thessalonians, chapter 5, to serve as a launching pad for what we are going to say.

Speaking of the coming of the Lord Jesus, for the purpose of catching away the saints, the Apostle Paul was inspired to write, (1) “But of the times and the seasons, brethren, ye have no need that I write unto you. (2) For yourselves know perfectly that the day of the Lord so cometh as a thief in the night. (3) For when they shall say, Peace and safety; then sudden destruction cometh upon them, as travail upon a woman with child; and they shall not escape. (4) But ye, brethren, are not in darkness, that that day should overtake you as a thief. (5) Ye are all the children of light, and the children of the day; we are not of the night, nor of darkness. (6) Therefore let us not sleep, as do others; but let us watch and be sober. (7) For they that sleep, sleep in the night; and they that be drunken are drunken in the night. (8) But let us, who are of the day, be sober, putting on the breastplate of faith and love; and for an helmet, the hope of salvation.”

Believing as we do, that we are living in the last days of this age of Grace to the Gentiles, it behooves us to do everything that we can to be in the stream of God’s will as we see the light of this age fading out. We know from our study of the Bible, as well as history books, that, before the gospel was given to the Gentiles, they were idolatrous pagans who were looked upon as dogs by the Jews. The Gentiles at the time of the ministry of Christ were still in idolatry worshiping every kind of man made god that the human mind was capable of imagining, even to the point of making human sacrifices and immoral acts of every sort in some kind of ritual, to some god. They had a sun god, moon god, earth god, a god of fertility; whatever they could think of they had a god for it.

You may be thinking right about now, Bro. Jackson: why did you announce a text from Ezekiel 37, which we all know deals with the children of Israel, and then start talking about Gentile pagan practices? What has that got to do with a message on Israel? I will answer that question like this. Jesus said, “No man knows the exact day nor hour of His coming, only the Father knows that,” but He did give us some signs that we could watch so that we would know when the time was getting close. One of the signs that we are watching has to do with the behavior of Gentile people in our present age.

It is true, the 37th chapter of Ezekiel is speaking of the re-gathering of the house of Israel, but that chapter was written hundreds of years ago. When is this re-gathering supposed to take place? Ezekiel might have though that it would take place right away, but 2600 years have come and gone since God spoke to him on this matter. We see that the Jews were partially restored to the land to be there for the first advent of Christ, and then they were scattered again, but the whole house of Israel was never re-gathered from the time that King Nebuchadnezzar carried the two southern tribes into Babylon and destroyed their first temple that was built by King Solomon, until this present time. In other words, the house of Israel has been scattered for approximately 2700 years, and the land has been controlled by Gentiles through all of these years until 1948, when they became an independent nation once again. Through most of those years, men who believed that every word of God must be fulfilled, have read these scriptures such as we find in our text as well as many other places in the prophecies concerning Israel being gathered from all nations, and one king set over them forever, and have wondered, when will this be? Brothers and Sisters: there is very little left of all that had to be fulfilled before God would move on the scene to climax this great re-gathering of Israel.


We are living in an hour that we are able to observe the things going on around us, and know that the time of the Gentiles is running out, for we see perversion and ungodliness on every hand. Governments are corrupt, and it seems that there is not a wise man left among politicians and world leaders that will give God any place to lead them. Religious organizations of the world have compromised for the sake of gaining paying members, until there is no life left in them. We read in the papers (almost daily), of some new cult that has come on the scene. People are turning to all forms of witchcraft and idol worship. The setting seems to match what we have read about Sodom and Gomorrah before God rained fire and brimstone down upon them, in that, there is fornication and adultery on every hand with every kind of a perverted act that degenerate mankind is capable of dreaming up.

I call your attention to these things in order to cause you to see that the gospel light is getting very dim among the Gentiles. As the light gets dimmer, the works of darkness manifest more and more. The ungodliness on every hand proves that the spirit of God is leaving the Gentiles. I will say this also, when the spirit of God leaves the Gentiles, it will go to the Jews for the seventieth week of Daniel to be fulfilled. By that time the house of Israel will be fully represented in the homeland, for it will be time for the two prophets, (with the spirit of Moses and Elijah), to seal the 144,000 servants of God, 12,000 men from each of the twelve tribes of Israel. Therefore, I ask you, time wise, and age wise, where are we now?




Let us now open our Bibles to the 37th chapter of Ezekiel, and beginning with the 1st verse we will see if we can find out something about all these bones. We have heard much about these dry bones, haven’t we? The different songs that have been sung about them, all declare that they will walk again. Let me say just a few words to acquaint you with this chapter before we read. Ezekiel was a young man. He was part of a royal family of the house of Israel. He had been carried away to Babylon along with many of the other young men of the Jewish people. He was of the two southern tribes that was carried away to Babylon. More than 130 years before this, the 10 northern tribes which were referred to as Israel, were carried away captives to Assyria. Therefore, when Judah, (which is what the two southern tribes were called) was captured by Nebuchadnezzar and taken to Babylon, the whole house of Israel was then in bondage.


Many people who hear reference made concerning the Jews as a particular time and then another time a reference to Israel seem to think that we are talking about two different groups of people when actually we are not. It is true that the kingdom of Israel became divided in the 9th century B.C. whereby, the tribes of Judah and Benjamin, known as the two southern tribes, and called by the name of Judah which was the predominant tribe, were ruled by Rehoboam, Solomon’s son, from Jerusalem, while the ten northern tribes, which were known as Israel, were ruled by Jeroboam, who was the son of one of Solomon’s servants. Nevertheless, most of the time when we speak of Israel or the Jews, we are speaking of them as a collective body of people, giving no thought to the divisions of former days. Furthermore, Jerusalem has always been the place of true worship for the Israelites. Even though Jeroboam erected two golden calves, (one in Bethel, and the other in Dan), and said to the people of the ten northern tribes that they should worship God is these two places because it was too far for them to go to Jerusalem, God never did meet them there, for He had chosen Mount Morriah, (which was at Jerusalem), as a place where He would place His name. You will notice though, that from the time that Israel was divided, and onward, the prophets who came on the scene would either speak to Israel or Judah, and not to both. From that time on, God dealt with them as a divided people. The ten northern tribes went immediately into idolatry causing God to raise up prophets such as Amos and Hosea and others to prophesy against their idolatrous ways. It was because of this that God allowed Assyria to come and take them captive. The two southern tribes were not captured completely until the 6th century B.C. It was because of the whole house of Israel being then in captivity that caused God to approach Ezekiel, as we find in our text. The captivity had been accomplished in phases, so that by the time of Ezekiel’s prophecy they were truly scattered, as they are pictured here in this 37th chapter.


Now let us read, Verse 1, “The hand of the Lord was upon me, and carried me out in the spirit of the Lord, and set me down in the midst of the valley which was full of bones.” It was not portrayed as a cemetery, just a valley full of dry bones. (2) “And caused me to pass by them round about: and, behold, there were very many in the open valley; and, lo, they were very dry.” In this verse where Ezekiel says that God caused him to pass by round about, that means that he was instructed to walk through the length of the valley, and then walk from side to side where he could view its entire setting. If we look at this valley right, we will understand that there was no river running down through it, as we have the Ohio River flowing here. These bones were very dry. This lets me know that this valley could be typical of any one of a number of valleys such as you might find in the Mojave and Death Valley, etc., for on every major continent there is a valley that runs for thousands of miles. Also, in practically every area of the globe, you will find places where the foot of man has never touched. In thinking like this we can more easily visualize such a place where a pile of bones could lay without being noticed. Of course you realize by now, that this is not a literal valley that we are reading about here, but it had to be pictured like this in order to carry a message that was to be recorded in the scriptures to be understood in our day. This valley is pictured as being very dry, and there was not vegetative life here, for that would have required moisture, and if there had been moisture there, the bones would not have lasted that long. The humidity would have caused them to decay. We could say also, that if there had been moisture, there would have been animal life which would have carried the bones away and eventually destroyed them. This valley, typically, is so forlorn, and in such a forgotten state, that it could only represent something that the state of Israel was to pass through. There in that valley was every bone, dry and bleached white in the hot sun, in a place where man in his daily walk of life would never even be concerned enough to explore the area, or to even care about its existence. Though man did not care about these bones, God did, and He knew exactly where they were, and had every part accounted for. This setting symbolically represents such a forsaken place that there wasn’t even found a man to bury the dead, a place that was completely forgotten about.


Verse 3, “And he said unto me, Son of man, can these bones live?” Oh, we have many people today that really hold on to that SON OF MAN title. I would like to emphasize the fact that Son of Man carries a greater meaning than a lot of carnal minded people who use this term realize. Did you know that Ezekiel was a contemporary prophet along with Daniel? Why did God not call Daniel, Son of Man, if that title belongs to every prophet, as some say that it does? Through this man Ezekiel was the millennium of Christ, (who is the Son of Man), represented, for it was all shown through the prophesy of Ezekiel. It was not every prophet in the old testament that was addressed as Son of Man, but they were all prophets.

Daniel and Ezekiel were both contemporary prophets, living in the same generation, both coming from the royal seed of the house of Israel, both were carried away into Babylonian captivity, and they both played a very noticeable role in end-time prophesies.


Now, after Ezekiel had finished walking to and fro and back and forth through this valley, he was asked a question by God. “Son of man, can these bones live?” He had been caught up in the spirit, and taken to a remote place and set down in this valley. There was nothing there but these very dry bones. There was no one but the Lord for him to talk to. He was not able to get counsel from anyone, and from the standpoint of the natural, he knew that it was impossible for these bones to live. It was very obvious, (looking at these bones scattered all over the valley,) that there was no life among them, and certainly, there was no way to identify them, but Ezekiel realized that he also was made from a similar substance, and he knew that God was not just playing games, so he answered like any mortal human would. He answered, “O Lord God, thou knowest.” This is the exact way that John answered the elder, (recorded in Revelation 7:13-14), when he asked him, “What are these which are arrayed in white robes, and whence came they?” You will notice that the response is the same, THOU KNOWEST. In other words, you are going to have to tell me. Then look what God said next, (4) “Again he said unto me, Prophesy upon these bones, and say unto them, O ye dry bones, hear the word of the Lord.” Do they have a mind of their own? No, the marrow in the bones is already dried up. Literally speaking, there is no life left in them. But, Ezekiel was listening to the Lord, who said, (5) “Thus saith the Lord God unto these bones; Behold, I will cause breath to enter into you, and ye shall live; and ye shall know that I am the Lord.” Isn’t it strange that God went through the complete order in which these various elements would be placed in the body? These were the words that the man Ezekiel was to speak to the bones that he was walking through the midst of. It was what God told him to say. Now we will see just exactly how it all happens, for up until this point Ezekiel has only been getting his instructions.


Now notice how verse 7 begins, “So I prophesied as I was commanded: and as I prophesied, there was a noise, and behold a shaking, and the bones came together, bone to his bone.” Please try to catch the picture as God has it so perfectly displayed here. This lets us see that God has a perfect order in which He does things, and everything must be kept in that order or it will not function properly. We are seeing from this re-gathering of these bones that God always does first things first. When Ezekiel began to prophesy, bones began to rattle as they slid together from the places where they had been scattered to. It was time itself, and the shifting of the terrain that had caused these bones to drift apart, for as we said before, this was represented as a deserted and forgotten place. There was no man or beast to destroy or scatter the bones. We will see here how God has a perfect order in doing things. First the bones came together, then the next thing that took place was the forming of the sinews, or tendons. After that, the flesh was formed, and then the skin to cover it. You will notice the last words of verse 7, (bone to his bone), in other words, there was no extra bones, and certainly no shortage, for this is going to represent something that God is going to do at a later time. (8) “And when I beheld, lo, the sinews and the flesh came upon them, and the skin covered them above: but there was no breath in them.”


To Ezekiel, (as he considered these things), all of this looked impossible, but he did what God had instructed him to do. As he stood there in amazement watching these bones from into individual bodies, complete, with tendons, flesh and skin to cover them, he suddenly realized that there was no breath in them. Even though breath was the first thing mentioned in God’s instruction to Ezekiel, and he had watched these bones move about and come together, he was suddenly aware of the fact that in spite of all that moving about, he was looking at a valley full of dead bodies, for they were not breathing. Then God spoke again. (9) “Then said he unto me, Prophesy unto the wind, prophesy, son of man, and say to the wind, Thus saith the Lord God; Come from the four winds, O breath, and breathe upon these slain, that they may live.” Now, after what he had seen already, Ezekiel knew that all he had to do was speak the word and God would do the rest. (10) “So I prophesied as he commanded me and the breath came into them, and they lived, and stood up upon their feet, and exceeding great army.” Where did they stand up? In the forgotten valley. You might say, just where is this valley, and who are these people that are resurrected? The next verse will tell you who they are, and we will let the message open up to you as we go along, as to the whereabouts of such a valley. Remember though, that this is all symbolic of something that is going to take place later. Not in Ezekiel’s day. Let’s read the next verse. (11) “Then said he unto me, Son of man, these bones are the WHOLE house of Israel; behold they say, Our bones are dried, and our hope is lot; we are cut off for our parts. (12) Therefore prophesy and say unto them, Thus saith the Lord God; Behold, O my people, I will open your graves (NOT CEMETERIES), and cause you to come up out of your graves, and bring you into the land of Israel. (13) And ye shall know that I am the Lord, when I have opened your graves, O my people, and brought you up out of your graves. (14) And shall put my spirit in you, and ye shall live, and I shall place you in your own land: then shall ye know that I the Lord have spoken it, and performed it, saith the Lord.”

It is very strange, how carnal minded, some people who profess to be children of God really are. A few days ago, one group of preachers, who have a call in type of program on one of the radio stations, was heard to say that is would be impossible for the Israelites to be restored to their land in our age, for they said, most of them do not have the slightest idea as to what tribe they are from. Who do they think is keeping score anyhow? Who do they think was marking time when the sixty-nine weeks of Daniels prophesy was to be fulfilled, where the Messiah would be cut off, but not for Himself, Daniel 9:26? The same God who caused that prophesy to be fulfilled right to the exact year, is the one that has said through Ezekiel, that he would restore the whole house of Israel to their land. It is not our business to question God, as to how He will do it, regardless of how impossible it may look to the natural mind. Remember, God works circumstances to get people into the place where they are supposed to be. In verse 14, God said, “I will put my spirit in you, and ye shall live, and I SHALL PLACE YOU IN YOUR OWN LAND; THEN . . . SHALL YE KNOW THAT I THE LORD HAVE SPOKEN IT, AND PERFORMED IT, SAITH THE LORD.”


Brothers and Sisters, we are living in the days to see the Lord doing just exactly what He said that He would do. Jewish people are returning to the land of Israel from all over the world, and now they have a man as their leader who is not willing to make any trades that will require them to give up any of that land. We have already discussed the division of the house of Israel in the days of Rehoboam and Jeroboam, and the fact that both tribes eventually wound up in captivity, but now we will go into more detail. Ezekiel was a prophet at the time that he was carried to Babylon by the Gentile army of Nebuchadnezzar. Being of the two southern tribes, which was called by the name of Judah, he knows that Jerusalem is now laying in ruins at this time, which is approximately 587 B.C. He knows that the beautiful sanctuary of God has been destroyed, and all of the gold and wealth had been carried away to Babylon. He is familiar with the total history of Israel, the total nation. He knows that somewhere around 725 B.C., the ten northern tribes had been carried away to Assyria, and sold on the slave blocks of heathen nations.

Let me say this, here, the black man today is angry because of the way that he has been treated, but did you know that they have a very short history behind them? The world in general does not know today, that when these ten tribes were taken to Assyria, they were not given homesteads. No, those were the days when rising empires cared little for their enemy. They took their enemies captive and made them slaves. It is no wonder that for many centuries the world population grew very slow. Human life was very cheap. Think of the agony of those people, where the husband would be sold to one person, the wife to another, and the children to another, never to be seen again. It is hard for us to imagine such suffering, for we have not experienced anything like this in our lifetime.

At the time of Ezekiel’s vision, the ten northern tribes had been out of the land for more than a hundred years. Now you know that a lot of brush can grow up in a land for more than a hundred years. I can see this young man being very concerned about his people, for God has prophesied through Hosea, that the valley of Jezreel, (which was the pride of the ten northern tribes), would become a waste place.


God, (who is longsuffering), had pleaded with these ten northern tribes to flee from their idolatrous ways and return to him.

Hosea was a man who was a prophet of God in the days of Israel’s worst apostasy. He saw Israel so corrupted that a Holy God could have no part in her ways. We are witnessing the same condition today, as a spirit of apostasy has crept into the Gentile church world. It is not just one or two denominations, but the whole Gentile church world that has been captured. In former days, most of the denominations churches had deep convictions concerning godliness, (and especially in the area of morality) that they have had to give up in order to hold their structure together. It seems that we are living in a day when people will do almost anything in the name of religion, and it seems like God is letting them get by with it, but remember, it is only because God is longsuffering. THERE WILL BE AN END TO IT, WHEN THEIR CUP OF ABOMINATION IS FULL.


God had given Israel a chance to repent, while He waited through the years of the prophesy of Isaiah, Amos, and others. Instead of repenting, they got worse until their cup was full. By this time, God had prepared a people that would fulfill His word and cut the ten northern tribes off from their land.

Let us look for just a moment, at the way that God chose to give Israel her final warning. You remember how God spoke to Abraham and called him out from his familiar surroundings in the land of Haran, making a promise to Abraham that of him he would make a great nation. Also that he would make his name great, Genesis 12:1-3, saying “And I will bless them that bless thee, and curse him that curseth thee; and in thee shall all families of the earth be blessed.” This was the humble beginning of this great nation that we are speaking of in this message. Jehovah, in the old testament, that great, sovereign, eternal spirit that created all things, and fills all of His creation with His presence, looked upon Israel as His wife. His purpose in doing this was that He might be able to foreshadow, through the natural, certain things which would pertain to this age of grace and salvation of all who would believe. Therefore, when Israel, (the wife of God, the Eternal Spirit), began to worship idols which was of another spirit, God called them fornicators and adulterers. Why such terminology? It was because they were having intimate relations with another spirit. This was at the beginning of Hosea’s prophesy that God chose to speak to them by the means that we are going to discuss now.


Open your Bibles to Hosea, chapter 1:2-11. (2) “The beginning of the word of the Lord by Hosea, and the Lord said to Hosea, Go, take unto thee a wife of whoredoms and children of whoredoms: for the LAND HATH COMMITTED GREAT WHOREDOM, departing from the Lord.” This is strange sounding talk, coming from a holy God, is it not? Remember though, they would not take heed to the words of the prophets as they warned them to turn from their adulterous ways, therefore, God is going to paint a picture before them, something that they can see. The word land in verse 2, implies that they are all guilty, and not just a few, here and there. (3) “So he went and took Gomer the daughter of Diblaim; which conceived, and bare him a son.” God is going to speak to them through the names of this woman and her children. The name Gomer, (Hosea’s wife), means, to end, in the sense of completion or failure. (4) “And the Lord said unto him, call his name Jezreel; for yet a little while, and I will avenge the blood of Jezreel upon the house of Jehu, and will cause to cease the kingdom of the house of Israel.” The name given to this firstborn son is significant of what God is going to do among these 10 tribes. The name Jezreel pertains to a valley of these northern tribes. This valley is also referred to as Megiddo, or Megiddon, and also referred to as the plain of Esdraelon. It being such a strategic valley, whoever controlled it, controlled Israel. It is positioned in such a way so that one route leads from it to the sea, while the route to the north divides and leads into Lebanon or Syria. Then, right in the valley is the ancient fortress, called the fortress of Megiddon.

History will bear record to the fact, that as the various empires came against Israel, the battles were fought in the valley of Jezreel. This will be the location where the last land battle of this world will be fought. You all know what I am talking about. It is the battle of Armageddon. This is the war that will end all wars. You will read about it in the 14th and 16th chapters of the book of Revelation. God is going to see that all of this world conflict winds up right back in the place that we know as the land of Israel, the place known as the cradle of civilization. Prophesy is going to be fulfilled in the very land where the prophets had their beginning.


This valley of Jezreel has been known as the breadbasket of the land of Israel because of its strategic location. It is to be thought of as the wheat belt of the United States is to this country. When a nation is cut loose from their breadbasket, their resistance soon comes to an end. Therefore, when God said through Hosea, I will cause the kingdom of Israel to cease, look where he pointed to, (Jezreel). Verse 5, “And it shall come to pass at that day, that I will break the bow of Israel in the valley of Jezreel.” Breaking the bow is like saying, “I will destroy your military potential.” Now the ten tribes remained in the land for quite some time after the birth of this child, but the name was to call their attention to something that God would do against them at a later time. It would be in this valley that God would gather them, in all of their military strength, to defend their pride and joy, (their breadbasket). Any nation will fight to defend her agricultural land, but God has said, “I will break her bow.” In other words, she won’t be able to shoot anymore. This is where judgment fell on her. Why? Because she wouldn’t listen to her prophets that had been sent to warn her of the judgment that was ahead.


Let us continue reading, to see what else God was saying, through the names of these children. (6) “And she conceived again, and bare a daughter. And God said unto him, Call her name Loruhamah; for I will no more have mercy upon the house of Israel; but I will utterly take them away.” First, said God, “I will destroy your ability to defend yourselves,” and then He said they would be taken away from the land. The name of this daughter meant, no more pity, or mercy. God is longsuffering and merciful, but there comes an end to His mercy and grace, if the people continue to ignore and rebel against Him.

In the next verses, we find a great span of time covered, for it reaches all the way into our present and near future. God begins in verse 7, showing something of how He will deal with Judah, (the Royal tribe). They are destined to be captured and scattered also, but not at the same time that the northern tribes are taken. The southern tribes, (Judah and Benjamin), called by the name of Judah, kept the true form of worship, and God’s appointed place of worship much longer than the ten northern tribes. It was the tribe of Judah that their Messiah was to come from. Let us now watch God deal with that tribe. Verse (7), “But I will have mercy upon the house of Judah, and will save them by the Lord their God, and will not save them by bow, nor by sword, nor by battle, by horses, nor by horsemen.” God will have mercy upon the tribe of Judah, but not the tribe called by the name Israel. He is going to let them, (Judah), be taken captive by King Nebuchadnezzar, and carried to Babylon, for they had, by no means, been perfect in the sight of God. Then, after they were in captivity, God said to them through Jeremiah, chapter 29, “I have caused you to be carried into Babylon. Go ahead and build yourselves houses, and dwell in the, and plant gardens, and eat the fruit of them. Take ye wives and beget sons and daughters, and cause them to do likewise, so that you will increase and not diminish.” God also told them to pray for the peace of the city that they had been taken to. He further warned them not to listen to false prophets or to trust in the dreams that they might have. For, said He, after 70 years are accomplished, I will visit you, and perform my good word toward you, in causing you to return to this place, (meaning the land of Israel). God had determined that they should be out of the land 70 years, all because they had refused to let the land rest seventy Sabbaths. Then, after that, God would have mercy upon them, but they would not be able to help themselves with the bow, or the sword, nor any other kind of weapon. It would be an act of God that would set them free. You recall how God put it in the heart of Cyrus, a Persian king, to release Judah. That is when that particular element of people went back to the homeland, and began building the temple that was standing in the days of the ministry of Jesus. It was in the plan of God for it to be as it was.


Look at verse 8, “Now when she had weaned Loruhamah, she conceived, and bare a son. (9) Then said God, call his name Loammi; for ye are not my people, and I will not be your God.” The birth of this child was to show something that God was going to do in 70 A.D., for the name Laommi, meant ( not my people). This is what the apostle Paul picked up over in the letter to the Romans 9:22-26, speaking to them about how God bestowed His goodness upon the vessels of His mercy. First though, before reading in Romans, let’s finish reading here, verse 10, “Yet the number of the children of Israel shall be as the sand of the sea, which cannot be measured nor numbered; and it shall come to pass, that in the place where it was said unto them, ye are not my people, there it shall be said unto them, ye are the sons of the living God.” That is exactly what has happened. Though they were scattered to the four corners of the earth, the Jews have continued to multiply until, today they are that hard to count or number. Furthermore, let us consider the last part of the 10th verse, where it says, “In the place where it was said unto them, ye are not my people (meaning the two southern tribes), there it shall be said unto them, (the Gentiles), ye are the sons of the living God.” Now the word place, means in the time, or in the period of time, wherein this prophesy is fulfilled, where God would look upon Judah, (the two southern tribes), and say you are not my people. Remember, when Christ came, (in what we refer to as His first advent), it was the two southern tribes that was in the land. That is the period of time when Jesus came to His own, (the Jewish nation), and was offered to them on the basis of His Kingship, but they did not recognize, nor receive Him. What they did say, was, away with Him, crucify Him, He is a devil. Give us Barabbas, they cried. Well, God gave them Barabbas, and a short time after that, somewhere around 70 A.D. he gave them Titus, with his Roman army. When that army finished their destruction, these Jews probably remembered the words of Hosea, but it was too late. The axe had already been laid at the roots of these trees. It was at such a time as this that they could probably hear the words of Hosea ringing in their ears, Ye are not my people. Hosea had spoken these words more than 800 years prior to the time of their fulfillment, but when they rejected their Messiah, and had Him crucified, it caused God to fulfill His word. He had them scattered around this world from that time on. The northern tribes were already scattered, and now that these two southern tribes were thrown to the four winds, (sold as slaves), it meant that the whole house of Israel, (all twelve tribes), were an universal dispersion. It was in this period of time that the remainder of verse 10 has had its fulfillment, (for that was spoken concerning the Gentiles), YE ARE THE SONS OF THE LIVING GOD.


Now we will look at Romans 9:22-26 to catch the understanding that the apostle Paul had of the prophecy of Hosea. We read, “What if God, willing to show his wrath, and to make his power known, endured with much longsuffering the vessels of wrath fitted to destruction. (23) And that he might make known the riches of his glory on the vessels of his mercy, which he had afore prepared unto glory, (24) Even us, whom he had called, NOT OF THE JEWS ONLY, BUT ALSO OF THE GENTILES? (25) As he saith also in Osee, (or Hosea), I will call them my people which were not my people; and her beloved, which was not beloved. (26) And it shall come to pass, that in the place where it was said unto them, ye are not my people; there shall they be called the children of the living God.” Paul, (who received his revelation from Jesus Christ, according to his own testimony, in Colossians chapter 1), understood that while the Jews were out of the land that was rightfully their inheritance, God would look over to the Gentiles, (who, up until this time were without hope in God, Ephesians 2:12), and say to them, “Ye are the sons of the living God.” You will notice, (as you study the scriptures), that God never did speak of the Jews as His sons. They were always referred to as servants of God. The sons of God title was not restored to mankind on this side of the flood until after Jesus paid the supreme price of reconciliation at Calvary. Then it could be said, (I John 3:2), “Beloved, now are we the sons of God.” Why? How did we get to be sons of God? We will look at St. John 1:10-13, (speaking to Jesus), (10) “He was in the world, and the world was made by Him, and the world knew him not. (11) He came unto his own, (the Jews), and his own received him not. (They had Him crucified). (12) But as many as received him, to them gave he power to become the sons of God, even to them that believed on his NAME: (13) Which were BORN, not of blood, (not a physical birth), nor of the will of the flesh, nor of the will of man, but of God.” (We were born of God, who is spirit.) Galatians 4:6, “And because ye are sons, God hath sent forth the spirit of his son into your hearts crying, Abba Father.” Therefore, Romans 8:14, “As many as are led by the spirit of God, they are the sons of God.” This is all to help you see that the sonship title belongs to the people who believe God’s word, receive His spirit, and walk with Him.

Just one more scripture to establish this 10th verse of Hosea, chapter 1, We will look at Acts chapter 13:45-46, where the gospel was actually turned to the Gentiles. Verse 46, “Then Paul and Barnabas waxed bold, and said, it was necessary that the word of God should first have been spoken to you: but seeing ye put it from you, and judge yourselves unworthy of everlasting life, lo, we turn to the Gentiles.” You can read the verses before this to get the setting for such a statement.


Please notice now, (as we return to Hosea for the last verse of chapter 1, which is verse 11), that the dispensation of grace to the Gentiles, actually falls between verses 10 and 11. Let’s read verse 11, “Then, (WHEN? After the Gentiles have had the gospel for hundreds of years), shall the children of Judah and the children of Israel be gathered together, and appoint themselves one head, and they shall come up out of the land: for great shall be the day of Jezreel.” During the time that the tribe of Judah would lie in dispersion, God would say to them, “ye are not my people.” It would be during this time that God would cause it to be said to the Gentiles, “Ye are the sons of the living God.” But, this age of grace to the Gentiles will have to come to a close, just as every other age has. That is why we are printing this message. We are living in the days of the fulfillment of Hosea 1:11. God has brought about conditions ever since the days of World War II that has caused the Jews to return home to their land. Hitler’s great hatred for the Jewish people caused him to slaughter millions of them, leaving the remainder of that race of people full of fear, and ready to flee, back to the land of their fathers. In May 1948, when they became an independent nation once again, the stage was set to begin the fulfillment of that which Hosea spoke, concerning Judah and Israel being gathered together under one head. This will take many years though, for the Lord Jesus Christ is the one head that is spoken of, and that can only be in the Millennium. In the meantime, God is causing them to come up out of the land of their dispersion. You might say, “Bro. Jackson: where are the ten northern tribes? We thought they were lost.” I’ll say this, God knows where they are, and they will hear their call to go home when the time and conditions are right. Basically, the ten northern tribes are within the confines of northern Europe, and central Asia. Now when I say it will take many years, I do not mean that it will take hundreds of years, for God is able to make a fast work out of bringing the Jews out of Russia and the various other places that they must come from to fulfill this prophecy. The point that I want to make is this, it will require a vast number of people from each of the twelve tribes of Israel to be back in their homeland, to start the week of Daniel, and to fulfill Hosea 1:11. Therefore, as we see conditions which will be the fulfilling of verse 11, we know that verse 10 to the Gentiles is just about completed.


We take the Jerusalem Post, which is a paper printed in Jerusalem. In the past 6 or 7 years, we have read much about how the Jews in Russia are pleading to get out, and come home. There was part of a letter printed in that paper about 4 years ago that had been written to Jerusalem, stating that many of the Georgian Jews in Russia have been heard to say, “we know that we are the remnant from the 10 northern tribes of Israel.” Brothers and Sisters, it is known that there are more than three million Jews in Russia, and when we say Georgian Jews, we are referring to those that live in a part of Russia that is known as, the Georgian Soviet Socialist Republic, one of the many republics that make up the Union of Soviet Socialist Republic.

Georgia had its beginning as an independent kingdom about 2,300 years ago. During most of the last 1,500 years, Georgia has been ruled by the Armenians, but about 170 years ago most of it was taken by Russia. For a short time after 1917, Georgia was an independent republic. Then in 1921 it became part of the U.S.S.R. For many years the Georgians were almost all farmers and raisers of livestock. (That sounds like Jews, does it not?) In the southern part of Georgia, they raised mulberry trees for silk and also grew grapes. Life there now is quite different though, for in the last 50 or 60 years they have become very industrialized, especially in the areas of coal, oil, and lumber.

Next to the United States, which has more than five million Jews, Russia has the next largest population of them with their more than three million. The big difference between them is this, the Jews in the United Stares are wealthy and very satisfied to stay here, where the ones in Russia are not allowed to accumulate much of their own, and certainly, when they turn them loose they make sure that they do not leave with much more than the clothes that they are wearing. That is why we are hearing reports of the Jews in Russia screaming for the chance to go home to the land of Israel.


God had to get that element of Jews out of Europe first though, for they were actually the heart of Judah. That’s where the governmental blood line lay. He, (Judah) is the tribe that would stand up and defend his cause. He fought the war for their independence which was climaxed in May 1948. He fought down through the Sinai in 1956. He fought the miracle war in 1967, and the Yom Kippur war in 1973. Now he is re-equipped and polishing his sword, ready to fight another one. They are flying their own flag, (the star of David), and are no longer under Gentile dominion. Everything is pointing right to Ezekiel 37.

I realize that there are many people in the world today who would not agree with or be thrilled about a message such as this, but the people of God who are familiar with the scriptures will be glad to know that we are living in the last days, just before the coming of the Lord. How do we know this? We know if by the things that we are seeing in the newspapers, and on the television almost daily. You might say, what has that got to do with anything? That is why we are using these scriptures of the various prophets. They tell us what is to come, and the signs that Jesus gave us to watch for, (so that we would know when the time was at hand) are the things that we are reading about in the news everyday.


We left our text in Ezekiel 37, after reading 14 verses that deal with the dry bones, and went to Hosea to try and lay a foundation for the thought that we are dealing with. Hosea’s prophecy, being 200 years before that of Ezekiel and Daniel, it gives us a chance to see exactly what the conditions were that led up to Ezekiel’s day. Through Hosea, Jeremiah, and Amos, etc., God showed what He was going to do to Israel in the way of judgment for her rebellion and idolatry. Then, through Ezekiel, Daniel, Zechariah, and others, God showed what He would do in restoring her back to her land and national identity.

Let us go now, back to the Book of Ezekiel, and look for a few minutes at the 36th chapter. We find in the first 15 verses that God has Ezekiel prophesying to the land and the mountains, (not the people), as in verse 8, “But ye O mountains of Israel, ye shall shoot forth your branches, and yield your fruit to my people of Israel; for they are at hand to come. (9) For, behold, I am for you, and I will turn unto you and ye shall be tilled and sown:” I know that the world is full of, (so called), preachers, who will say that this scripture has been fulfilled already, but let me remind you once again that it was only the two southern tribes that was allowed to go back to be in the land for the first advent of Christ. These next few verses will reveal something, let us read. (10) “And I will multiply men upon you, all the House of Israel, even all of it, (did you get that? ALL THE HOUSE OF ISRAEL), and the cities shall be inhabited, and the wastes shall be builded:” This ancient valley of Jezreel was nothing more than a waste place during the years of dispersion, even up into the 1900. When the Jews began going back there, even as late as 50 or 60 years ago, the valley of Jezreel was just swamp land, but today there is not one swamp left. This word must be fulfilled. The Jews that came from Australia, knew how the Australians drained their swamps by planting a certain type of tree that has a large tap root, which would go right down and pierce through that hard crust, letting the water drain out, and that is exactly what they did there in that valley of Jezreel. They have cleared that land, and today they are growing wheat, barley, oats, and even cotton, in the valley that had been a waste place. God is still running His great program of redemption. He don’t need any man to instruct him. Verse 11, “And I will multiply upon you man and beast; and they shall increase and bring fruit: and I will settle you after your old estates, (STILL TALKING TO THE LAND), and will do better unto you than at your beginnings: and ye shall know that I am the lord. (12) Yea, I will cause men to walk upon you, even my people Israel; and they SHALL POSSESS THEE, (did you catch that statement? My people Israel shall possess thee. The Jews did not possess the land in the days of Christ. The Romans were in possession of it, but God is speaking through his prophet Ezekiel of something that He is going to do at a time when Israel is in possession of their land again.) And thou shalt be their inheritance, and thou shalt no more henceforth bereave them of men.”

When God gets finished speaking to the land, He begins speaking to Ezekiel about how the house of Israel had sinned against Him when they were still in the land, of how they became defiled as an unclean woman, and the fact the He scattered them among the heathen nations to chasten them. Then in verse 21, God reveals His reason for showing mercy to the Jews in the end. (21) “But I had pity for mine holy name, which the house of Israel had profaned among the heathen, whither they went. (22) Therefore say unto the house of Israel, Thus saith the Lord God; I do not this for your sakes, O house of Israel, but for mine holy name’s sake, which ye have profaned among the heathen, whither ye went. (23) And I will sanctify my great name which was profaned among the heathen, which ye have profaned in the midst of them; and the heathen shall know that I am the Lord God, when I shall be sanctified in you before their eyes.” You will notice as you study these verses that God will uproot every manmade doctrine and tradition, (If He needs to), in order to keep His word. God makes it very plain that the people do not deserve to be restored, or blessed, for they have continued profaning the name of the Lord even in all of the places where they have been scattered to. He also states that the heathen, (unregenerate mankind), will know that He is the Lord, (when?), after He has restored the nation of Israel. It is no wonder that people cannot believe it is possible for such a thing to take place. They do not believe the Bible to be the emphatic word of God. But God has said that He will bring them back into their own land, and He will keep His word. The Jews are not scattered to the four winds because of their own choice. It is, as we said earlier, because their ancestors were sold as slaves to empires in every known part of the world in that day. Remember, these Jews that are going to the homeland, have been born out of the land. They are not going back to something that they, (as individuals), had left. It is simply that God has put it in their hearts to go there, some through desire, and others because of adverse circumstances in the land of their birth. All of this is in fulfillment of what God spoke to the Israelites while bringing them through the wilderness. Let us read in Deuteronomy chapter 4, beginning with the 25th verse, to see what God told them about being scattered among the nations, and how He would hear them when they repented, and cried unto Him.


Deuteronomy chapter 4, verse (25) “When thou shalt beget children, and children’s children, and ye shall have remained long in the land, and shall corrupt yourselves, and make a graven image, or the likeness of anything, and shall do evil in the sight of the Lord thy God, to provoke him to anger: (26) I call heaven and earth to witness against you this day, that ye shall soon utterly perish from off the land whereunto ye go over Jordan to possess it; ye shall not prolong your days upon it, but shall utterly be destroyed. (27) AND THE LORD SHALL SCATTER YOU AMONG THE NATIONS, and ye shall be left few in number among the heathen wither the Lord shall lead you. (28) And there ye shall serve gods, the work of men’s hands, wood and stone, which neither see, nor hear, nor eat, nor smell. (29) BUT IF FROM THENCE THOU SHALT SEEK THE LORD THY GOD, THOU SHALT FIND HIM, IF THOU SEEK HIM WITH ALL THY HEART AND WITH ALL THY SOUL.” You can be sure of this one thing, Ezekiel knew this scripture, and he was, no doubt, seeking God with all of his heart when the vision began coming to him, where God showed him all of these things that were going to come to pass. God said to Ezekiel, “Son of man, stand upon thy feet and I will speak unto thee.” (Ezekiel 2:1) “And he said unto me, Son of man, I send thee to the children of Israel, to a rebellious nation that hath rebelled against me: they and their fathers, have transgressed against me, even unto this very day.” (Ezekiel 2:3) From there, God showed Ezekiel a panoramic vision of his dealings with the children of Israel all the way into the millennium. Of course he was not told exactly when these various things would take place, but in the back of his mind he was remembering something else that he had read in Deuteronomy 4:30-31, “WHEN THOU ART IN TRIBULATION, and all these things are come upon thee, (EVEN IN THE LAST DAYS), if thou turn to the Lord thy God, and shalt be obedient unto his voice, (31) (For the lord thy god is a merciful god;) he will not forsake thee, nor forget the covenant of thy fathers which he sware unto them” Even though he had to prophesy the bad things to come upon the house of Israel because of their rebellion, Ezekiel was also allowed to prophesy concerning the good things to come upon them. Notice verse 24 and following verses of chapter 36, “For I will take you from among the heathen, and GATHER YOU OUT OF ALL COUNTRIES, and will bring you into your own land.” Not just the 2 southern tribes in this setting. This is going to affect the whole nation, (all twelve tribes), for look what God is going to do, after He has gathered them from out of all countries. Verse 25, “Then will I sprinkle clean water upon you, and ye shall be clean: from all your filthiness, and from all your idols, will I cleanse you.” When will God do this for Israel? Not until the week of Daniel has begun. It will take place as a result of the ministry of the two prophets, recorded in Revelation chapter 11, and chapter 7. See our article of the Chronology of Revelation, Vol. 9, No. 2 and 3, for a more complete understanding of their ministry. Right now we want to concentrate on this valley full of dry bones. Are you beginning to see where the valley is? No, it is not the valley of Jezreel. That is where they are being brought back to.


The Israelites have been scattered all over this world, for century upon century, until, as far as the world was concerned, they were as though they were dead. Who has cared enough in centuries past, to say, we ought to do something for the Jewish race of people, they need to be back in their land? You and I know that they were as same as forgotten, as far as a national identity was concerned. Hosea said that the house of Israel would abide many days without a king, without a prince, without an ephod, without a sacrifice. “Then afterwards, shall the children of Israel return, and seek the Lord their God, and David their king; and shall fear the Lord and his goodness in the latter days.” Ezekiel was just a mortal man. Therefore, after seeing what he has in the vision, with all of the future promises, he must have had a great question in his mind. Lord, when will these things be? How long will it take to accomplish these things?

God just picked Ezekiel up and carried him out to that very large valley. Then, in symbolic language, God began telling him, it is going to be so long that the world will have forgotten, and not even be concerned, that your people were ever a nation. That was God’s way of telling him that this promise of the future is going to be so far off that it will, (one day), cause your own people to say, our hope is lost, we are cut off for our parts. Go back to the 26th verse and we will continue reading these promises for Israel’s future.


(26) “A new heart also will I give you, and a new spirit will I put within you: and I will take away the stony heart out of your flesh, and I will give you an heart of flesh. (27) And I will put my spirit within you, and cause you to walk in my statutes, and ye shall keep my judgments, and do them. (28) And ye shall dwell in the land that I gave to your fathers; and ye shall be my people, and I will be your God.” Does that sound like a maybe situation, or would you agree that this is positive language? Where are those scholars who do not believe in election and predestination? Let them account for these words here. “I WILL TAKE YOU FROM AMONG THE HEATHEN, I WILL GIVE YOU A NEW HEART, I WILL PUT MY SPIRIT WITHIN YOU, I WILL BE YOUR GOD.” It doesn’t sound too much like He is going to take any kind of vote on this, does it? You might say, why would God wait so long? He is waiting for the fullness of the Gentiles. He does not leave His program to be worked out by wavering human beings. He worked out all of the details when He counseled with Himself, (meditated), before the foundation of the world. Maybe it will help some of you to better understand this message, if we turn at this time to Ephesians, chapter 1, and begin reading with verse 3, “Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, who hath blessed us with all spiritual blessings in heavenly places in Christ: (4) According as HE HATH CHOSEN US IN HIM BEFORE THE FOUNDATION OF THE WORLD, (does that sound like God needs anyone to instruct Him?) That we should be holy and WITHOUT BLAME before him in love. (5) Having PREDESTINATED US unto the adoption of children by Jesus Christ to himself, ACCORDING TO THE GOOD PLEASURE OF HIS WILL. (6) To the praise of the glory of his grace, wherein HE HATH MADE US ACCEPTED IN THE BELOVED.” You thought God accepted you because you quit drinking, cursing, smoking, chewing tobacco, and all of that. I know you people know better than that, but this world is full of people who think the salvation of a soul is dependent on these things. That is why we are constantly reminding you, that every idea that does not dovetail with the scriptures should be cast aside. Verse 7, “In whom we have redemption through his blood, the forgiveness of sins, ACCORDING TO THE RICHES OF HIS GRACE: (8) Wherein he hath abounded toward us in all wisdom and prudence; (now notice this), (9) Having made known unto us the mystery of HIS WILL according to HIS GOOD PLEASURE WHICH HE HATH PURPOSED IN HIMSELF: (10) That in the dispensation of the FULLNESS OF TIMES . . . HE . . . might gather together in one all things in Christ, both which are in heaven, and which are on earth; even in him: (11) In whom also we have obtained in inheritance, being PREDESTINATED according to the purpose of him who worketh all things after the counsel of HIS OWN WILL: (12) That we should be to the praise of his glory, who first trusted in Christ. (13) In whom he also trusted, after that ye heard the word of truth, the gospel of your salvation: in whom also after that ye believed, YE WERE SEALED WITH THAT HOLY SPIRIT OF PROMISE.” I believe that will be enough to establish the thought we are on. Now, what were those points? Let us review them briefly. He chose us before the foundation of the world. He predestinated us unto adoption. It was for the good pleasure of His own will. It was strictly a work of grace. It was after the counsel of His own will, and He sealed us with that spirit of promise. That is exactly what He was determined to do for the Jews who believe as a result of the ministry of the two prophets of Revelation 11. That is what verse 37 of Ezekiel 36 is pointing to, the day when God will fill those Jews with the Holy Ghost. “I WILL PUT MY SPIRIT WITHIN YOU.”


God did not tell Ezekiel that this promise was for a time that would be more than 2,600 years in the future, but rather, after showing him his valley full of dry bones, and causing him to prophesy to them, He then instructed Ezekiel to take two sticks; Upon one stick he was to write for JUDAH, and upon the other stick, he was to write for JOSEPH, which would be EPHRIAM. Now this is not to be thought of as just any two old sticks that Ezekiel might find out in the woods somewhere. These two sticks were to represent the broken scepter of the house of Israel. The scepter, (which was the staff of ruling kings), became a divided scepter, as the kingdom became divided in the days of Rehoboam and Jeroboam. Now that we are talking about the two sticks, we will finish reading this 37th chapter of Ezekiel. We read the first 14 verses already, so we will take up with verse 15, “ The word of the Lord came again unto me, saying, (16) Moreover, thou son of man, take thee one stick, and write upon it, For Judah, and for the children of Israel his companions: then take another stick, and write upon it, For Joseph, the stick of Ephraim, and for all the house of Israel his companions: (17) And join them one to another into one stick; and they shall become one in thine hand. (18) And when the children of thy people shall speak unto thee, saying, Wilt thou not show us what thou meanest by these? (This was God’s way of getting their attention. He knew they would ask Ezekiel why he had done such a thing.) (19) Say unto them, Thus saith the Lord God; Behold, I will take the stick of Joseph, which is in the hand of Ephraim, and the tribes of Israel his fellows, and will put them with him, even with the stick of Judah, and make them one stick, and they shall be one in mine hand. (20) And the sticks whereon thou writest shall be in thine hand before their eyes. (21) And say unto them, Thus saith the Lord God; Behold, I will take the children of Israel from among the heathen, whither they be gone, and will gather them on every side, and bring them into their own land: (22) And I will make them one nation in the land upon the mountains of Israel; and one king shall be king to them all: (This should be enough to disprove any theory that a person might have, about this particular scripture being fulfilled already, when a simple study of history will reveal the fact that the whole house of Israel has never been under one king since the kingdom was divided, almost 3000 years ago. The one king will be the Lord Jesus Christ, ruling throughout the millennium), And they shall be no more two nations, neither shall they be divided into two kingdoms any more at all. (23) Neither shall they defile themselves any more with their idols, nor with their detestable things, nor with any of their transgressions: but I will save them out of all their dwelling places, wherein they have sinned, and will cleanse them: so shall they be my people, and I will be their God.”


Let me say something here before going on with the reading. I know that there are some who would say, Bro. Jackson: why does the bride need to know all these things about Israel? I would like to remind you once again, that the nation of Israel serves as a time clock for the Gentile bride to make herself ready by. We are using these prophetic scriptures in an effort to try and awaken the Gentile church to the hour that she is living in. Brothers and Sisters: do you not think it significant that God saw fit to place the events of Ezekiel 38 and 39 right after the chapter that deals with her, (Israel), coming alive nationally and being restored back to her homeland? The signs of the time point to the fact that we are living right on the threshold of a great shaking. We all know that the Jews who are under communist rule in the various countries around this world should gladly go to the land of Israel, if they were given the opportunity, but how about the five million, more or less, who live in the United States, where money is plentiful, and they have all the luxuries that this nation is so noted for? What will cause them to go to the homeland where they would have to suffer much hardship and disappointment? It will not be an easy decision for most of them. No doubt, it will take some great calamity, such as Russia hitting us with a few of their rockets, which they probably have our name on already. When portions of this country are destroyed, and our economy is ruptured beyond repair, then you will probably see a great number of the Jews in this country suddenly pack up their belongings and head for the homeland. Maybe you think this sounds preposterous, when there is so much talk in the political circles about peace and prosperity. If you had been living in Germany before World War II, you probably would have thought it just as preposterous, for someone to have said that those German Jews should be among the first to migrate to the land that God had promised to Abraham and his seed.


By now it has become common knowledge that their great hatred for the Jewish people caused Adolph Hitler and Adolph Eichmann to butcher more than six million of them during those years of World War II. After that, the remaining Jews in Europe were glad to go home. They would not have left without some kind of a shaking. Neither will the Jews in the United States and Canada leave their way of life to go to Israel, unless God allows something to shake them loose. Now the Bible tells us what the land of Israel has to watch for in these last days. Therefore, it would be wise for those who are allies to Israel, to recognize that a power like Russia will not strike Israel without striking her allies. When a condition like this arises, it will send the world leaders to the peace bargaining tables. They will suddenly realize that a thing like that cannot be allowed to happen again. They will be ready for a universal peace pact, and they will be ready for a very smart, very sharp man to sit at the head of it all. The Bible also tells us where that man will come from. You can read it in the 9th chapter of Daniel. We offer, for your help in studying this subject, Vol. 4. No. 8, of the Contender, which will be sent free to all who request it. Daniel 9:26-27 tells us that a prince of the people that destroyed the city of Jerusalem and the sanctuary, will make a peace covenant with many for one week, and in the middle of the week, (the week being a week of years, 7 years), he will break the covenant, and we know that the people who destroyed the city and the sanctuary around 70 A.D., were Romans led by Titus. Therefore, we are watching for that Roman prince to be revealed to the world, as the apostle Paul said that he would be before our time of gathering together unto Him, (Christ). II Thessalonians 2:1-4. He will be revealed to the world as a great peace maker or keeper, but only the bride will know that he is, in truth, the antichrist that is to come.




Let us look at a few verses in Ezekiel, chapters 38 and 39 and we will begin to tie all of this together. 38:1-4, “And the word of the Lord came unto me, saying, (2) Son of man, set thy face against Gog, the land of Magog, the chief prince of Meshech and Tubal, and prophesy against him, (3) And say, Thus saith the Lord God; Behold, I am against thee, O Gog, the chief prince of Meshech and Tubal: (4) And I will turn thee back, and put hooks in thy jaws, and I will bring thee forth, and all thine army, horses and horsemen, all of them clothed with all sorts of armour, even a great company with bucklers and shields, all of them handling swords.”

Ezekiel had to describe this army and their equipment in terms that were known in his day. He didn’t know anything about motorized tanks, and motorized troop carriers, and such like. Therefore, he was instructed to write in this way, but we know that modern warfare has no place for horsemen, or swords, or shields. This would be as out of place as a Model A Ford on one of these super highways. You might say, didn’t God know what it would be like in the day when this prophecy would be fulfilled? Yes, God knew, but He allowed the prophets to write in their own language, as we find the apostle John doing in the book of Revelation. John wrote, in the 13th chapter of Revelation, how the two horned beast that would come up out of the land would do great wonders, in so much that he would make fire come down from heaven in the sight of men. That has been fulfilled every time this country brought one of her rockets through the sky with fire blazing from it.


God said, Ezekiel: you tell them that I will put hooks in their jaws and bring them forth. What do you suppose He meant by that? Just try to imagine how helpless a person would be if someone had hooks in their jaws to lead them by. You certainly would not be pulling back against the hooks. You would try to keep up to relieve the pull of the flesh, as the hooks dug in. This, of course, is merely symbolic. This is God’s way of saying, “Russia, you will do what I want you to do.” How do we know it is going to be Russia? It will not be just Russia, but rather Russia and her allies. In verses 5 and 6, we find some of the allies called by name, who will make up this great army from the north parts. In verse 14 and following, we read, “Therefore, Son of man, Prophesy and say unto Gog, Thus saith the Lord God; in that day when my people of Israel dwelleth safely, shalt thou know it?” Or he could have said, you will know it, and that anti semitic spirit will have reached its peak by then. In other words, a great hatred for the Jews, as in the days of Hitler. (15) “And thou shalt come from the NORTH PARTS, THOU, AND MANY WITH THEE, (check your globe and you will see who is to the north of Israel), all of them riding upon horses, a great company, and a mighty army: (16) And thou shalt come up against my people of Israel, as a cloud to cover the land, IT SHALL BE IN THE LATTER DAYS, AND I WILL BRING thee against my land, that the heathen may know me, when I shall be sanctified in thee, O Gog, before their eyes.” That sure sounds like a mighty large army to come against a little nation like Israel, so many men that they are like a cloud that covers the land. Now we will go back to verses 9-12, to see why they will do such a thing, but first I want to call your attention to a verse over in Revelation 17:17, “FOR GOD HATH PUT IT IN THEIR HEARTS TO FULFILL HIS WILL.” That is how the hooks in the jaw work. How can anyone doubt or disbelieve the word of God in this age, when so much of what the prophets spoke of is being fulfilled before our very eyes. There is a lot of jealousy and hatred for the Jewish race being built up all because they have taken back a little strip of the land that God gave to them, and they refuse to give it up.




In the paper recently, we read an article where Prime Minister Menahem Begin says his new Israeli government will not, “under any circumstances” give up all of the West Bank of the Jordan, or allow a Palestinian state to be formed there, as some have proposed.. To do so would put “every city and home in Israel” in Arab artillery sights.

At the same time Mr. Begin was making this statement, we find that the Middle East News Agency was revealing a statement made recently by Syrain President Hafez Assad, where he told reporters that the Arabs will not give up an inch of the Arab land that has been occupied by Israel since the 1967 war. Assad said, time and world opinion are on the Arab’s side, and added, that the Arabs would wage a hundred wars against Israel if necessary. They may have time and world opinion on their side, but Israel has God on her side, and that is what will make the difference. I would rather have God on my side than all the armies of the world. Oh, He works his plan so perfectly! In verses 9-12, we see how He works this out. (9) “Thou shalt ascend and come like a storm, thou shalt be like a cloud to cover the lands, thou, AND ALL THY BANDS, AND MANY PEOPLE WITH THEE. (There are the allies that will join Russia.) (10) Thus saith the Lord God: It shall also come to pass, that at the same time SHALL THINGS COME INTO THY MIND, (God said, more than 2500 years ago, that in these last days, Gog would have some thoughts come into his mind, to do what?) And thou shalt think an evil thought. (11) And thou shalt say, I will go up to the land of unwalled villages; I will go to them that are at rest, that dwell safely, all of them dwelling without walls, and having neither bars nor gates. (Brothers and Sisters: what good would walls around a city be, in such a day as this? Those walls were only beneficial in the days of hand to hand combat). (12) To take a spoil and to take a prey, to turn thine hand upon the desolate places that are now inhabited, and upon the PEOPLE THAT ARE GATHERED OUT OF THE NATIONS, which have gotten cattle and goods, that dwell in the midst of the land.”


We find in verse 10, that the things which come into the mind of Gog will lead him to think an evil thought. In other words, he will begin to meditate upon the people that have come from every nation around this globe, to reside in this land that, (in the opinion of the world) has been unjustly taken away from the Arabs. He, (Gog the prince or ruler of Russia) will begin to think of how they have come from foreign lands bringing the knowledge that they have gained in those lands and applied it to the progress of the land of Israel. Many of them will have brought wealth, (especially those who return from places such as the United States and Canada) purely for the purpose of contributing something to the restoration of the land of their forefathers. He will notice how sure they are of themselves, living there in unwalled villages, with the eyes of the whole world upon them, watching their every move. Yet they will seem to be at rest and undisturbed by the conditions building up around them. At such a time as this hatred for the Jews will be at such a peak that it will seem good to Russia and her allies to go down and wipe the Jews from off the land completely.


As we look back to verse 4, we find that God is in control of this situation, therefore, we must conclude that the evil thought must have come from the Lord. WHAT! Bro. Jackson, do you mean to say that God would cause an evil thought? Yes, all we need do is look at the scriptures. Keep in mind though that the word evil, as used in these verses, does not carry the idea of sin against God, for when we look at Isaiah 45:7, we find these words. I FORM THE LIGHT, AND CREATE DARKNESS: I MAKE PEACE, AND CREATE EVIL: I THE LORD DO ALL THESE THINGS. The word evil, as we find it used in these verses and some other which we will call to your attention, carries the thought of misery, woe, and affliction. On the other hand, Satan is the creator of sin, for SIN IS UNBELIEF toward God, and that unbelief is full of attributes. It is the manifestation of these attributes that we call SINS, and it is for the remission of SINS that we are baptized after having believed the preaching of the gospel of the Lord Jesus Christ, which cancels out the penalty of condemnation to our spirit, which was there because of SIN, (UNBELIEF) until you believed.


Now the Bible teaches us that Satan created SIN, (UNBELIEF) and God created EVIL, (misery, woe, and affliction) and we believe it because God’s word says it, and we are believers. For a couple more examples of the use of this word evil let us look first at I Samuel 18:10. “And it came to pass on the morrow that the evil spirit from the Lord God came upon Saul, and he prophesied in the midst of the house.” We can also read Amos 3:6, “Shall a trumpet be blown in the city, and the people not be afraid? Shall there be EVIL in a city, and the Lord hath not done it?”

If people could only have confidence in this old black book, which we call the Bible, they could know the plan of God for the ages, for it is all told, and nothing held back, except the time it will take place. Even then we have signs to watch for, such as the things that we are considering in this message.


I would like to call your attention to two or three things in the 39th chapter of Ezekiel and then we will summarize the message briefly. First, we notice in verse 2, (God speaking to Gog) “And I will turn thee back and leave but the sixth part of thee, and will cause thee to come up from the north parts, and will bring thee upon the mountains of Israel.” Here we see once again that God himself has caused this invasion, then He intervenes in such a way that only one-sixth of the total army is left alive to tell the story. God says to Gog, also, (3) “I will smite thy bow out of thy left hand, and will cause thine arrows to fall out of thy right hand. (4) Thou shalt fall upon the mountains of Israel, thou, and all thy bands, and the people that is with thee.” First they are disarmed, then five-sixths of them are killed. When it is all over the Israelites begin a great cleanup campaign. Look at verse 9, “And they that dwell in the cities of Israel shall go forth, and shall set on fire and burn the weapons, both the shields and the bucklers, the bows and the arrows, and the handstaves, and the spears, and THEY SHALL BURN THEM WITH FIRE SEVEN YEARS: (10) So that they shall take no wood out of the field, neither cut down any out of the forests, for they shall burn the weapons with fire: and they shall spoil those that spoiled them, and rob those that robbed them, saith the Lord God.” The particular thing that I would have you take note of, is that Israel will be seven years burning the weapons that are left there by this great army. Then we read in verses 11-12 that it is going to take them seven months to bury the dead that fall there in that great battle. I call it a great battle, only because of the great multitude of people that come against the little nation of Israel. But actually, before they can do what they come to do, God will intervene by some supernatural means to destroy the armies of Israel’s enemies. Whatever the means that God will use, we notice that it will cause the eyes of many nations to be opened, and they shall recognize the fact that Israel has God on their side. God has Ezekiel to speak to the fowls of the air, and invite them to come to the great feast that He has prepared for them and the beast of the fields. That is why you find in verse 15 that it speaks of burying the bones of them that are found. After a few months, that is all that is left to bury. They bury them in a valley that God says will be called the valley of Hamongog. It will be someplace there in Israel. During this time they shall sever out men for continual employment burying the dead bodies.


The whole world is crying for peace, and there shall no peace be found for it, until the Prince of Peace, (Jesus Christ) is seated on the throne of King David, to rule and reign for a thousand years of peace. Between now and then we can look for much blood shed, for the scriptures must be fulfilled.

Prime Minister Menahem Begin, of the State of Israel, is coming to Washington, D.C., around the middle of July for a meeting with President Carter. Naturally, the world is waiting with hopeful expectations for the results of such a meeting, and rightly so, for the world in general does not accept the scriptures as the unchangeable, unalterable, word of God. If it were not for the prophecies of Ezekiel, Daniel, Amos, Joel, etc., as well as the book of Revelation, I, myself, might be looking for world peace through negotiation, but in the light of what we know from the word of God, I am looking for great destruction in various regions throughout the world in the very near future. Not as a skeptic, but as a believer of the word of God.

I, therefore, am endeavoring to warn the people of God that the time is short. You do not have very many months left to play around. It is time for each of us, by an honest evaluation, to determine exactly where we stand with God. After making such a determination, let us place our faith and trust in God, putting on the whole armour of God, (as we find it listed in Ephesians chapter 6) without wavering.


Just to refresh your memory, let me read to you something that the apostle James was inspired to write. His remarks were pertaining to wisdom, but the same principle applies to our complete makeup, for we are children of faith, and without faith it is impossible to please God, Hebrews 11:6. But here is what I want to read to you. I will start with verse 2 of the 1st chapter of James. “My brethren, count it all joy when ye fall into divers, (or various) temptations; (3) Knowing this, that the trying of your faith worketh patience. (4) But let patience have her perfect work, that ye may be perfect and entire, wanting nothing.” The word perfect, as used here, does not imply perfection in this mortal makeup, but rather, perfect desire, perfect motive, perfect ambition, the things that make up the inner man, who is to be like God. Some might say, how do we reach such a place? That is what James is dealing with. If you are not quite sure, then listen to the next verses. (5) “If any of you lack WISDOM, let him ASK, (not beg) of God, that giveth to all men liberally, and upbraideth not; and it SHALL BE given him. (6) But let him ask in faith, NOTHING WAVERING, for he that wavereth is like a wave of the sea driven with the wind and tossed. (7) For let not that man think that he shall receive anything of the Lord. (8) A double minded man is unstable in all his ways.”

Brothers and Sisters: One thing that I would have you to understand is that many of us are going to be severely tested in the days ahead, so much so, that only a genuine faith and trust in God will be sufficient to carry your through.

We have already stated that pressure is mounting in the middle east, and the lid will soon blow off of it to such a degree that it will affect the whole world. Now, I want to read an article that came out in the Jerusalem Post, dated July 5, 1977. The Prime Minister of Israel is in the spotlight in these days, and it will be to our enlightment to hear what he says.


BEGIN CALLS ON U.S. NOT TO ABANDON FREE WORLD – Prime Minister Menahem Begin of Friday, appealed to the United States to maintain it’s lead of the remaining free nations, “in resisting tyranny and preserving human dignity” now, as it has already done three times in the last sixty years. Begin was addressing a festive dinner held jointly by the commercial and industrial club, and the Israel America Society at Zoa House here.

It was America, said he, that had saved mankind in World War I, and then again in World War II.

The third U.S. intervention to save the world, the Prime Minister said, had been the effort up to now to prevent Communist subjugation “by proxy” of the shrinking number of free nations, particularly in the Middle East.

Begin toasted the President of the United States on the occasion of America’s Independence Day. Recalling that a year ago the Entebbe rescue was called “the best present Israel could give the free world on the Fourth of July.” Begin said, “Today, the very existence of Israel, its country UNCONQUERABLE, its army INVINCIBLE, its people UNBREAKABLE, is the best present we can offer.”

I just wanted you to have some idea as to what Israel is expecting from this country. The United States is about all that Israel has to look to, as far as military power is concerned.


It is reported that a Washington source has revealed possible plans for a U.S. military installation within Israel’s boundaries. The idea would be to guarantee this country’s commitment to them. It would act as an insurance policy for the Israelis.

One possibility of such a move, it is stated, would be an American Naval Base at Haifa. There is nothing definite, (as far as the public is permitted to know) on this as yet. I only mention these things to get your minds pointed in the right direction. It remains to be seen just what extremes mortal mankind will go to in trying to prevent, or at least hold off the inevitable. But at this time, I would like to conclude this message by making a projection of what I believe is ahead for the world. We have gone into much detail in establishing from the scriptures the events that are to come. The only thing that I am going to do now is just briefly run through them.

First, to begin right where we are, the Gentiles are turning back to paganism and witchcraft, which proves that the gospel light is getting dim, and at the present pace, cannot burn much longer among Gentiles.

Secondly, the Jews are returning to their ancestral homeland with urgency, as if by great inspiration. This is causing much concern and alarm, among the other Middle East countries. It is like a great powder keg with a short fuse that could explode at any time.


Russia is working her way into these surrounding areas by trade agreements and arms supplying. All of which is gaining her allies that she will need to fulfill Ezekiel 38 & 39. Before too long, Gog, (the ruler of Russia) will begin to have the evil thoughts, (Ezekiel 38:10-11) that will cause them to go down against Israel. But, since Israel has the United States as her ally, it will be necessary for them to strike this country at such a time, to try to prevent our intervention. There will not be much left of our economy after such an attack; destruction will be widespread. This will cause great hoards of American Jews to pack up and go to Israel; (for all twelve tribes must be represented there when the week of Daniel goes into effect) especially after witnessing how God fights for Israel in this attack. They will suddenly realize that Israel is the safest place that they could be, and their businesses will be wiped out to the extent that there will be nothing left here to hold them. This is when God kills five-sixths of that great army, leaving only one sixth to return home.


World leaders will be so shaken by so much sudden destruction that it will cause them to rush to the peace negotiating tables, and this time they will not spend months arguing about who will sit where. They will get right to the business at hand. Their great theme will be, we cannot allow a thing like this to happen again. We must have a world peace agreement immediately. They will work out the details to the point where they will realize that they need a genius, who is world renown, to sit at the head of such an agreement. That is where the Roman Pope will be accepted, and make a covenant with many for one week. The peace covenant will not specify that it is for 7 years, but God is the one who keeps time, and He will cause it to move according to Daniel 9:26-27, so that after three and one-half years the Pope, (who is the antichrist) will have become so provoked by the ministry of the two prophets of Revelation 11, that he will make a decree, causing the Jewish sacrifice and evening oblation to cease. Naturally, this will cause the orthodox Jews to rebel, and then is when the great persecution of the Jews will begin again. By this time the ministry of the two prophets will be finished, the first half of the week of Daniel will be gone, the Bride will have been caught up to meet the Lord in the air, leaving the foolish virgins to be killed by the armies of the antichrist beast system that will rule for the last half of the week of Daniel, along with the great multitude of Jews who will be killed, rather than renounce God. This brings time to the end of the week of Daniel, where the Lord Jesus Christ comes from heaven with His Bride on white horses, (the power of the word) to fight against that beast system. By this time the western communist forces will be fighting against the communist forces from the East. This will be the battle of Armageddon, which will be finished up by the coming of the Lord Jesus with His saints to end it all. That will be the last battle among mankind. After a period of cleansing the temple, and rededicating the altar, Jesus with His bride, will separate the sheep people among the nations from the goats, and usher the sheep people into the millennium.

I know this is a brief summary, but we have covered most of the events mentioned, either in this message or the Chronology of Revelation, which you may request if you desire to do so.

If We Sin Willfully – 1977, May






A question that came to me recently has caused me to search the scriptures concerning the verse that read, IF WE SIN WILFULLY….. You will find in the letter to the Hebrews the scripture for our thought today. The part that we are going to deal with is found in chapter 10, verse 26, but we will read verses 26-29 to get a picture in our minds of what the writer is dealing with here. First, let me say this, even though it is commonly accepted that this Epistle was probably written by the apostle Paul, there is no concrete evidence to dogmatically attribute the authorship to him. One thing we are sure of though, much of the language found in this Epistle sounds very much like Paul, especially chapter 13:23, where there is a personal reference made concerning Timothy.

The occasion for writing the Epistle to the Hebrews seems to be a need to exhort those who had professed faith in Jesus as the Messiah to hold fast, stop wavering, and go on to maturity. It seems that many of them might have been on the borderline of turning back to Judaism, for we see in the earlier verses of chapter 10 that he has been reminding the people of the superiority of the one sacrifice of the new covenant, (which was the Lord Jesus Christ himself) in contrast to the continual sacrifices of the old covenant. He has exhorted the people not to forsake the assembling of themselves together. He had admonished them to consider one another to provoke unto love and good works. Then, he comes to verse 26, let us read. “For if we sin willfully after we have received the knowledge of the truth, there remaineth no more sacrifice for sins, (27) But a certain fearful looking for of judgment and fiery indignation, which shall devour the adversaries. (28) He that despised Moses law died without mercy under two or three witnesses; (29) Of how much sorer punishment, suppose ye, shall he be thought worthy, who hath trodden under foot the Son of God, and hath counted the blood of the covenant, with which he was sanctified, an unholy thing, and hath done despite unto the spirit of grace.” Keep this scripture in mind, and let’s turn to the 6th chapter and start reading with the 4th verse. “For it is impossible for those who were once enlightened, and have tasted of the heavenly gift, and were made partakers of the Holy Ghost. (5) And have tasted the good word of God, and the powers of the world to fall away. (6) If they shall fall away, to renew them again unto repentance, seeing they crucify to themselves the Son of God afresh, and put him to an open shame.”

When we put these two scripture passages together, it presents a fearful picture in our minds unless we go on to find the occasion for such words, and find out what they are actually having reference to. Now we preach that God is a loving and merciful God, and we look at these scriptures in the light of what is written in all of the other scriptures that deal with sin, and our conclusion is that there has got to be an answer in the word of God that will satisfy a hungry soul who desires to know the truth. In 1 John 1:9 we read, “If we confess our sins, he is faithful and just to forgive us our sins, and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness.” Please notice, if WE CONFESS OUR SINS, he is faithful and just to forgive us our sins, and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness. It sure looks like there is a possibility that the people of God could commit sins, doesn’t it? With that scripture in mind, let’s look at another one in I John 3:9, “Whosoever is born of God DOTH NOT COMMIT SIN; for his seed remaineth in him, and he CANNOT SIN, because he is born of God.” Both of these verses were written by the same man, (the apostle John). They seem to present a contradiction, for they are dealing with two different things. With these two verses to think upon, let us go back to Hebrews 10:26, (For if we sin willfully after having received the knowledge of the truth;) we will have to find out what the word SIN is pointing to. That word SIN in 10:26 has to be the same thing as, (For it is impossible for those who were once enlightened, etc.,) chapter 6:4. These two verses will have to go together, they were both written by the same man. He was writing to warn and exhort these Hebrews. Therefore, there could be no contradiction. We will hang this upon the word, SIN, and endeavor to find out what he was talking about. (IF WE SIN WILFULLY,) Is he talking about smoking, drinking, gambling, or what? It was none of these things; they are only the attributes of the sin that was being spoken of here. Yet, how many times, through this age of grace, has the word sin been associated with smoking, and all of the many other things that unregenerate mankind is a slave to. Evangelists use these scriptures to scare people into repenting, but did you know that you cannot scare a sinner into repenting with the attitude and motive that God will accept? Jesus plainly said that no man could come to him except he be drawn by the Father. In other words, no man can come to the WORD, except he be drawn by the SPIRIT. Jesus was the WORD made flesh, according to John 1:14. You might say, then what did Jesus mean when He said to go out and compel them to come in. He sure didn’t mean that we should force or drag them in. It was not like that in the book of Acts, and that was the pattern. You will find, as you read the book of Acts, that wherever the Gospel was preached, as many as were ordained to eternal life, believed. Men were heard crying out, (WHAT MUST WE DO?) The answer would come back, repent, and be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of SINS, (Acts 2:38, 16:31, 33, etc.) Keep this word SINS in your mind as you study this message, for it is in the framework of SINS, that we find all of the bad habits that mankind is addicted to, and we are dealing with the word SIN in its singular form in this message.


We are living in a day when religion is very popular but true christianity is fast fading out of the picture. That is the reason Jesus could say, “Strait is the gate, and narrow is the way, which leadeth unto life, and few there be that find it.” This is the way of true christianity. The popular religious way is the way that leads to destruction. This is the wide gate, and broad way, that Jesus said many would enter into, (Matthew 7:13-14). I hear so much from the church world in our day, where they will say, we had so many saved last night, and so many filled with the Holy Ghost. This may look good on paper to those who enjoy such things, but in the eyes of God, it looks like children playing. I am so thankful that God keeps his own record book, and that book only records what God is allowed to accomplish in the whole thing. Man’s fleshly efforts are not included in this true record book.

As I said before, our thought for this message is hinged around the words, (FOR IS WE SIN WILFULLY,) after having received the knowledge of the truth, there remaineth no more sacrifice for sins. The word SIN in the first part of this verse has been used as a club by many preachers. Where some poor souls who had some hard trial laid upon them, and has become discouraged to the point where they might pick up a cigarette, or do something to try to fill the vacuum brought on by such an experience, these preachers will hold up this verse of scripture and pronounce condemnation upon the person. Many people who have had a genuine experience of grace in a salvational way are still weak in various areas of their complete makeup. Satan knows where these weak areas are, and that is where he works. He knows exactly where, and when, to hit a person like this, to bring on a feeling of discouragement, where the individual will many times, just say, “What is the use in trying to go on, it just seems like I cannot make any headway.” It is in such times as these that a person may do something that is unbecoming to a christian. Not because they desire to do the thing that they are doing, but because for the moment, their resistance is broken down. It is a spiritual warfare, and the forces of evil are very strong, but remember, he that is within a true believer is greater that he that is the world, (1 John 4:4). Satan has power to lay trials and discouragement upon the children of God, but there is a limit as to how far he is allowed to go with it. Keep these remarks in mind, and turn with me in your Bibles to I Corinthians, chapter 3, verse 11. Now this letter was written by the apostle Paul, who, as we stated before, undoubtedly wrote the Hebrew letter. What we are interested in finding out is what the same man who wrote Hebrews 10:26, will say concerning other things that would be referred to as sinning. There was a lot of things going on in the Corinthian church that fall into the category of sin, but it is not sin in the same sense that the word is used in our text. Let us read now, chapter 3, verse 11, “For other foundation can no man lay than that which is laid, which is Jesus Christ.” He has got to be the center of all our desires and motives, our greatest ambition should be to please Him in all that we do and say. He is to be the foundation upon which you build your testimony and character or your very way of life. He was a sinless example for us, which makes him a perfect foundation to build upon. It is true that we, in our mortal flesh are imperfect. Nevertheless, the Bible does say, “be ye, therefore, perfect, even as your Father, who is in heaven, is perfect.” Does that mean that we are to be perfect in the same sense that Jesus was? Absolutely not! Jesus did not have the blood from Adam’s fallen nature running in his veins. His was the pure, created, blood of God, without the attributes of sin. He was tempted in every way that you and I are, and he could have done as Adam did, but he chose to do only what pleased the Father, (John 8:29).

Many believe that Jesus could not have given in to temptation, but if that be true, then how could the apostle Peter come along later and say that he was our example (1 Peter 2:21-22). You must understand that in every test that Jesus was put to, He overcame the adversary as a man, not as God. By this, He left us an example of how to overcome the tempter by the word of God. See Matthew 4:11, where, in every temptation, Jesus met the devil with what was written in the word of God. It is our motive and desire that must be brought in line with the will of God for our lives. Once we have had an experience of God’s grace bestowed upon us, and we begin to build our lives upon the foundation of this example that Jesus set before us, then we are cultivating a perfect desire, a perfect motive, a desire to be in His likeness. It is the blood of Jesus that cleanses us from all sin, (1 John 1:7). “If we walk in the light, as he is in the light, we have fellowship one with another, and the blood of Jesus Christ, his Son, cleanseth us from all sin.”


When the apostle Paul spoke of Jesus Christ as being the foundation that men should build upon, we realize, of course, that this was an illustration that he was using to establish motive. There are many who have preached hard, and worked hard, year after year, but will God be able to use their labor for His permanent building? The apostle Paul said that every man’s work shall be made manifest; it will be revealed by fire, and the fire shall test every man’s work to determine what sort it is. If it is of wood, hay, and stubble, it will be burned up, but if it is gold, silver, or precious stones it will stand the test and he will receive a reward. What do you suppose God will be looking for, as our works are put to the test? If we are inspired and led by God to do whatever we do, it will be accepted by Him, but if that which we do is for some selfish reason, or just plain zealousness on our part, it will be looked upon by God as wood, hay, and stubble, regardless of how it may look in the eyes of man. Do we not read in Matthew 7;21-23, where Jesus said there will be some who will say to Him in that day, “Lord, Lord, have we not prophesies in thy name? And in thy name have cast out devils? And in thy name done many wonderful works?” These all seem like things that were right for these people to be doing, but look what Jesus said that He will say to them. Verse 23, “I never knew you; depart from me, ye that work iniquity.” Why would he react in such a way to these people who had been doing all of these good works? The reason is simple. He had not instructed them to do what they had been doing. It was through their own reasoning that they had done these seemingly good works. There are professing christians, that believe God was unjust when He refused to accept Cain’s basket of fruit and vegetables, but these people will always miss God, for they do not have the ability to receive revelation on what pleases the Father. When we have a genuine experience and relationship with God, we do not have to go around trying to do good work. There is something in such a person that automatically reacts to situations in the same way that Jesus did when He walked upon earth among mankind. It is the spirit of God living through you that produces genuine good works. Did not James write, “show me thy faith without thy works, and I will show thee my faith by my works?” This is not contrary to what Paul believed. He believed that faith in God should be backed up by works just like James taught it, but Paul went one step farther and stated that every man’s work will be tried, to determine the category that it falls into. Just because Paul taught that we are saved by grace through faith, many believe that once they are saved, they should just fold their hands and do nothing. That sure wasn’t the way that the apostle Paul lived his faith. He worked hard, and traveled much, but his desire and motive was not to build something for himself, he was building for God.

Billy Graham is known by most of you. It is reported, that when he started out, his prayer was, Lord, I want to be the biggest evangelist around. That was his motive, and that is what he has become, but I do not believe that he has the greatest revelation of God. Nevertheless, the day shall declare it. It will be revealed by fire. When? In the day of his judgment among believers. The things that you have done here in this present world, are not the things that you will be doing in the millennium, but the faithfulness with which you do them will definitely determine the place that you have with Christ, in God, in the millennium.

Please do not think that Paul is speaking of the fire of God’s wrath here in I Corinthians 3:13, this is the fire of His Word in judging our works. When Paul spoke of Jesus being revealed from heaven, in flaming fire, taking vengeance on them that know now God, he was referring to the time when He, (Jesus) will come to destroy wicked men who have corrupted the earth. Here in I Corinthians 3, he is speaking of the judgment seat of Christ, where believers will be tried to determine what their life had accomplished as a christian. It isn’t that God doesn’t know already. He does! This will be to show you and I what we have actually brought to Him. Now notice, Paul did not say that if our works would not stand the test there remaineth no more sacrifice. No! Look again, at the scripture, (I Corinthians 3:15). He says here, “If any man’s work shall be burned, he shall suffer loss; but he himself shall be saved, yet as by fire.” On the other hand, look at verse 14, “If any man’s work abide which he hath built upon it, he shall receive a reward.” It will not be the reward of eternal life, we have that already. “Now are we the sons of God, and it doth not yet appear what we shall be, but we know that, when he shall appear, we shall be like him, for we shall see him as he is.” (I John 3:2) We are already the sons of God, and we will be like Him in the spiritual and immortal image that He projects and shows Himself to be. (If any man’s work abide), that means, if God accepts it, he will receive a reward, (a greater position in the millennium). Now, let us go back to view the other side for a moment. If a man’s work be burned, he shall suffer loss. Loss of what? A great reward in the millennium. He will not suffer the loss of eternal life.


We are going to study the teaching of this man, Paul, for he is the one that was faced with dealing with these various situations, and needs, as they arose in the churches. We are interested in finding out what a man might do that would be the cause of him not receiving any reward at all. He had to do something wrong. Let us go to chapter 5, and see if we can gain a better understanding of this man’s teaching. He writes the letter in response to an inquiry concerning such things as marriage and the use of meats offered to idols, but he was greatly troubled by reports that he had been receiving from Corinth of divisions among the brethren, of increasing contentions, and a case of incest in the assembly that had not been judged by the church. Chapter 5 opens like this, (1) “It is reported commonly that there is fornication among you, and such fornication as is not so much as named among the Gentiles, that one should have his father’s wife.” (That would be his stepmother.) He went on to say, (2) “And ye are puffed up, and have not rather mourned, that he that hath done this deed might be taken away from among you.” In other words, someone must have really got up in the air over it. Not out of concern for the individuals who were doing such things, but rather, for fear that the church would get a bad name. This, many times, is the attitude that would cover up sins in the church rather than to have the image of the church marred. Verse 3, “For I verily, as absent in body but present in the spirit, have judged already, as though I were present, concerning him that hath done this deed.” The apostle was saying, I have not been there to witness this thing with my own eyes, but I believe the report that I have received, and I, therefore, have judged the man already. Some might say, now wait a minute, did not Jesus say that we should not judge, lest we be judged? Yes, Jesus said that, and Paul knew that He said it. Some will say, I would rather take what Jesus said, others, I am going to take what the apostle Paul said. That is the way these Corinthians were, some said, I am of Paul, others, I am of Apollos, and others, I am of Cephas. Paul answered them by saying, is Christ divided? Was Paul crucified for you? In whose name were you baptized? He called them carnal minded babes, that needed to grow up in stature. He told them that they were so much like babes, that he couldn’t even speak to them in a spiritual way. On the other hand, we never reach such a high plane in our spiritual life, that we do not still have room to bring our life, (as far as spiritual thinking) a littler closer in line with the will of God.


When Jesus said, judge not, that ye be not judged, we must try to understand what He was talking about. Judgment here, in the statement that Jesus made, was referring to eternal destiny. We do not reach a place in this life where we can pass judgment upon an individual, to say, he is going to glory, or he is damned. That is for God to do, and He alone. There is a certain amount of observation that we are permitted to make. For instance, when you see a person that has shown by their manner of life, through their conduct and character, that they are stable from day to day, walking before God in an attitude of obedience, without being a stumbling stone or hindrance to others, it is right to say, that person appears to be a true saint of God. When a person, such as this, dies, we can console ourselves by saying, they have gone to sleep, to be with the Lord, but, even still, it is not you and I that determines their destiny. Therefore, when we look into the scriptures and see various statements, it becomes necessary to find out what the occasion was for making them. The apostle Paul was a man that believed a christian should be on an even keel. Not up one day and down the next, as so many are. His preaching did not leave room for a person to be just any way they might choose, because of adverse circumstances, from day to day. He wrote to the Ephesians, (10) “Finally, my brethren, be strong in the Lord, and in the power of his might. (11) Put on the whole armour of God, that ye may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil.” (Chapter 6:10-11)

We will return to the statement by Paul, (I have judged already). As a man of God, he had judged that there was improper conduct being allowed in the Corinthian church. He is not judging the man’s eternal destiny. He gives instructions to the elders, I Corinthians 5:4, “In the name of our Lord Jesus Christ, when ye are gathered together, and my spirit, with the power of the Lord Jesus Christ, (the word power here means authority), to deliver such a one unto Satan for the destruction of the flesh, that the spirit may be saved in the day of the Lord Jesus.” Can you see the situation that is being dealt with here? This man is a professed christian, who has continued to sin in the assembly of the saints, while having an affair with his stepmother. Paul’s judgment was, if he refuses to straighten up, then turn him over to the devil. Break fellowship with him, and let him run his course, even to the point of being physically destroyed. Now, the last part of that verse sounds strange to the natural mind, but these things are spiritually discerned. He said, that the spirit may be saved in the day of the Lord Jesus. We are calling your attention to these particular instances in chapter 3, and chapter 5 of I Corinthians before going back to Hebrews 10:26. In chapter 3, we have an ILLUSTRATION of a man that had nothing to offer the Lord but wood, hay, and stubble, yet his soul was saved. Then, in chapter 5, we have an actual DEMONSTRATION. You and I know good and well that this man’s deeds are not like gold, and silver, and precious stones. They can be nothing more than wood, hay, and stubble in the eyes of God. You may say, that is wrong to put someone out of church, don’t you think God would forgive the person? Absolutely! God will forgive anyone who truly repents, and will put his sins as far as the east is from the west, from him, never to remember them anymore. But, after that, he expects you to go out and live a straight life.


To illustrate how willingly God will forgive a repentant sinner, Jesus told a story about a certain man that had two sons. Most of the story pertains to the youngest of the two. We commonly call him the prodigal son. This young fellow came to his father one day, and asked for the portion of the inheritance that would someday be his. The father divided up what he had between the two sons, and shortly thereafter the youngest took his part and journeyed to a far country, where he wasted all that he had on riotous living. Please keep in mind the fact that he did not have to leave home. It was his own decision. He had plenty of clothes, a good bed to sleep in, and everything else that he needed, but he was just one of those fellows that wanted to sow his wild oats. Furthermore, he didn’t think daddy always knew what was best for him. When he asked for his part of the inheritance, and got it, look where he went, (to the world) and wasted it all. He probably went to every wild place that there was around anywhere. He was really having himself a good time. As long as the money lasted, he probably never had any thoughts of his dad and brother back home. There came a day though, when the money was all gone. He probably had nothing left but the clothes he was wearing, and to make bad matters worse, there arose a great famine in the land. Times got so hard for him, that he, being a jew, had to bear the reproach of working for a Gentile hog farmer, in order to exist. It seems that God let this fellow go just about as close to the end of his rope as he could go, without being totally lost. Brothers and Sisters: it’s bad when a man becomes so addicted to ways of destruction that he winds up with nothing but the clothes on his back, and in a hog pen on top of that. Many times it is necessary for God to let a person go all the way to the bottom, in order to break their stubborn will down to a point where they can be talked to. This fellow was to the point where, in his desperation, he was ready to eat the husks from the hog feed, then he came to himself and realized that his father’s servants were living better than he. It was only at this point of his desperate situation that true repentance finally hit him. He realized that he had sinned against God, and that he was not even worthy to be called a son of his earthly father, but look at the compassion of that old dad when he finally arrived back home. He had, no doubt, been rehearsing the speech that he would make to his father as he walked along the road that day. He was going to confess his wrong deeds, and ask to be given a place as one of his father’s hired servants, but look how his father demonstrated the kind of love and compassion that God has toward his repentant children. He didn’t even wait for the boy to make his speech. As soon as he saw him coming up the road, he ran to meet him, and the scripture says that he fell on his neck, and kissed him. He was welcomed home with open arms, by his father, who is a type of our longsuffering, and forgiving God. He was received back into the family, given a bed to sleep in, clothes that he might dress properly, and a fatted calf to feast upon, but he did not tell him that he would be reinstated as an heir to his kingdom. You can see from this illustration that it pays to stay at home. Look what the father said to the pouting, elder son, who had stayed at home to tend to the farm, and was now filled with jealousy and indignation. After listening to the older son complain because he had never had a party given for him, the father said, Son, thou are ever with me, (ALL THAT I HAVE IS THINE!) There is your reward for faithfulness displayed. The father kept the younger son, (who had nothing to offer, but wood, hay, and stubble) in the family, but the reward went to the son who had remained faithful and kept his father’s commandments. This story, (which is recorded in the 15th chapter of Luke), is an illustration, by Jesus of the type of situation that the apostle Paul was dealing with in I Corinthians 5:1-13. This lets me know that if a person, (who is a believer), can not find the grace of God to be sufficient to deliver him from such a weakness, God is willing for the person to be turned over to the devil, and actually killed if necessary, in order to deliver the church from such a reproachful situation.

The same man that wrote this letter and instructed the church to turn this man over to Satan for the destruction of his flesh, (that his soul might be saved) had to write them again, to instruct them to receive the man back into the fellowship once he had repented. You will find this in II Corinthians 2:1-11. It seems that after this fornicator was put out of the assembly, and no one would fellowship with him anymore, something caused him to repent. It might have been sickness that got hold of him. The scriptures do not tell us what caused him to repent, but something did. You might say, “Wasn’t that a terrible sin for a believer to commit?” Yes, it was, but it is not the sin that our text is dealing with. This goes in the category with SINS OF THE FLESH. These sins of the flesh are things that we do, say, and allow, because of our weakness, but there is only one UNPARDONABLE SIN. That is UNBELIEF. Jesus called it blaspheming the Holy Ghost. He said, “All manner of sin, and blasphemy, shall be forgiven men; except blasphemy against the Holy Ghost.” Whoever blasphemes the Holy Ghost will never be forgiven. (Matthew 12:31-32) Do you see it there? (IF WE SIN WILFULLY) there is no middle ground. Either we believe the word of God, or we do not. A believer may slip up and do wrong, but he is not so foolish as to believe that he can continue in the wrong, without somewhere along the way, the chastening hand of God reaching him. This man that had been put out of the church in Corinth, no doubt, found life more miserable than he ever imagined it could be. That is what broken fellowship with God does to a believer. They do not find peace of mind until that fellowship is restored. Then, in order to be right with God, many times it requires some back tracking and straightening up. If a brother or sister has been wronged, then there is some personal apologies necessary. In every case, there must be genuine repentance. In the case of this man, after he had repented, where could he go? He sure couldn’t go running to a different denomination. Only a make-believer will do that. The church world is full of people who move from one church to another, always looking for a church that will allow them to live, and dress just any old way their carnal nature desires to, but the true child of God is not like that. When they get off course and then come to themselves, (as the prodigal son) they, (like he) realize that there is only one place to get back on the right course again. That is the place where they got off. According to Paul’s second letter, after this man repented he had difficulty in getting the fellowship to receive him back. They, no doubt, took the same attitude that the oldest son who stayed at home with Father had taken. They were reluctant to trust him again. This caused the apostle Paul to write, in II Corinthians 2:6-9, (6) “Sufficient to such a man is this punishment, which was inflicted of many. (7) So that contrariwise, ye ought rather to forgive him, and comfort him, lest perhaps such a one should be swallowed up with overmuch sorrow. (8)Wherefore I beseech you that ye would confirm your love toward him. (9) For to this end also did I write, that I might know the proof of you, whether ye be obedient in all things.” Does this help you to better understand Hebrews 10:26? We are using these examples from the word of God, to try and help you to rightly divide the word of truth. We find in II Timothy 3:16, “All scripture is given by inspiration of God, and is profitable for doctrine, for reproof, for correction, for instruction in righteousness.” Therefore, we understand that one scripture cannot cancel out another scripture. They must harmonize. Look at I John 1:8, “If we say that we have no sin, we deceive ourselves, and the truth is not in us.” We are all born in sin. Romans 3:23 says, “For all have sinned, and come short of the glory of God.” We have an inherited nature to sin, which was passed down to us from the first Adam. The works of the flesh proceed forth from that sinful nature, and the root of that sinful nature is unbelief. But, thanks be unto God, He has allowed us to be partakers of the benefits of the work at Calvary. The apostle Paul wrote in the Roman letter, chapter 5, verse 19, “For as by one man’s disobedience many were made sinners, so by the obedience of one shall many be made righteous.” That righteousness is imputed to us when we believe. It is the gift of God, according to Ephesians 2:8-9. One thing is sure, if you really become a believer, your nature will change. You will begin to desire the things that you know would please your heavenly Father. The life of a true child of God is not spent looking back desiring the things of the world.

The apostle John wrote, in I John 1:9, “If we confess our sins, he is faithful and just to forgive us our sins, and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness.” When we repent, and are baptized in the name of Jesus Christ, for the remission of sins, (that is, the things we have done in the flesh) then He will forgive us and fill us with the Holy Ghost. But now, look at verse 10, this is that modern church going self righteousness attitude. “If we say that we have not sinned, (you know how it is with some people that you have talked to, they will say, I have never done anything wrong, why do I need to be saved? You can be a church membership with an attitude like that, but you can not get true salvation for the word of God, says) we make him a liar, and his word is not in us.”


When we come to the 2nd chapter of I John, we find John taking on another thought. Notice how he writes. He becomes very intimate. After stating what we had been in the past, (a sinner by natural birth) he brings it up to the present tense. Verse 1, “My little children, these things write I unto you, that ye sin not, (Yes, this is in harmony with the gospel message of the Bible. Look at II Corinthians 5:17, “Therefore if any man be in Christ, he is a new creature; old things are passed away; behold, all things are become new.” He has a new desire, and a new outlook. The deeds of the flesh have been mortified. He has put off the old man, and put on the new. All of the scriptures pertaining to such, show us, that if a person be truly in Christ, then he definitely is a new creature. He is on a new foundation, starting all over again.) Now to continue reading verse 1, and if any man sin, we have an advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ the righteous. This word SIN does not mean inherited nature, or anything pertaining to unbelief. How could you be a child of God, and have unbelief ruling and guiding your Life? This definitely is referring to some mortal weakness, in the child of God. John is leaving no stone unturned. He is making sure that we understand that a person who is born of the spirit cannot have UNBELIEF, (which is the SIN of Hebrews 10:26) and should not practice sins of the flesh, (which is referred to in I John 1:9) but, if through our weakness we do something wrong, we have an advocate with the Father, (which is Jesus Christ, who took the penalty of our sin upon himself). In other words, we have an attorney who stands up for us, to plead our case before God the Father. That doesn’t mean that we are not guilty. He simply says, “Father, this is a child of God, who has done this thing in a time of weakness, my shed blood has atoned for him already.” Please do not misunderstand, this is not a license to sin, as some make-believers take it to be. This is the long-suffering grace of a merciful God. If you are one who premeditates to commit sin, then you had better reexamine your experience with God. John nailed it all down with these early verses, then he clinched the nail with what he had to say in chapter 3, verse 9, which we quoted in the beginning of this message, “Whosoever is born of God doth not commit sin; for his seed remaineth in him: and he cannot sin, because he is born of God.” Now this verse would have to be pertaining to UNBELIEF, or John would have cancelled out what he had spoken already. We see here that the child of God does not practice SIN wilfully. It is with this thought in mind that he spoke the words recorded in the previous verse. “He that committeth sin is of the devil; for the devil winneth from the beginning. For this purpose the Son of God was manifested, that he might destroy the works of the devil.” John was not all mixed up, and confused as some natural minded people become when they read these scriptures. He had a perfect revelation of these things, and he wrote them down in such a way that the child of God, (who is led by the spirit) can know them. This is in line with what Paul wrote to the Corinthians, 2:14, “But the natural man (or mind) receiveth of these things of the Spirit of God; for they are foolishness unto him; neither can he know them, because they are spiritually discerned.” You can see from this verse here, that the true understanding of the word of God, must be by spiritual revelation. It cannot be learned in the Seminaries. Wouldn’t you hate to sit under the teaching of someone like John, if you had no revelatory capacity within? It would be mind splitting to have a teacher that would stand up on Monday and say, “Now you are children of God, and it is not your nature to sin, but remember, if you do sin, you have an attorney who will plead your case before the Judge.” Then on Tuesday, you come to class, after having an argument with your wife the night before (maybe you even smoked a cigarette in your time of discouragement) and the first thing you hear from the teacher is, “Whosoever is born of God does not commit sin.” Can you see what would go through your mind if you did not know the difference between SIN, as used in I John 3:9, and SIN, as it is used in I John 2:1. That is the reason you have so many modern church people always talking about how the Bible contradicts itself. Without the Holy Ghost to guide them into all truth, (St. John 16:13) they will never be able to understand the Bible. A genuine believer knows that the Bible does not doctrinally contradict itself. The word of truth must be rightly divided. The Bible is really a book for christians, it was never meant to be understood by the man of the world. You don’t hear true believers arguing about predestination and eternal security, etc. They are Bible facts.


The man that Paul wrote about in I Corinthians 5:1-5 was a beneficiary of eternal security. How else could you reconcile such language as “turn him over to Satan for the destruction of the flesh, that the spirit may be saved in the day of the Lord Jesus?” Eternal security has been taught by various denominational groups from the standpoint of shaking hands with the preacher, and having their names written on the church record, but it will not work there. Too many of those who come to the altar and shed a few tears, then sign the membership card that is handed to them, are found to fall in the category of the seed sown, either in stony places, or among thorns. According to the parable that Jesus gave about the sower, (Matthew 13:18-23) there is only one group out of the four mentioned that have eternal security. That is the ones who hear the word and understand it, then bring forth fruit, some an hundred fold, some sixty, and some thirty. This is the ones who cannot wilfully disbelieve the word of God. You will find a lot of people out here in this world of religion that will say, “I don’t believe in the baptism of the Holy Ghost, or I don’t believe in divine healing.” Some will even say, “there hasn’t been anything like that since the apostles died.” You who would say such things had better be careful. You are dealing with the sin of unbelief, and God will not tolerate that. He can deal with his children who get out of line in one way or another through some fleshly weakness, but those who speak against truth are in real trouble. Sooner or later that rebellious attitude of willful unbelief will take them past the point of no return with God. A person with an attitude that is always finding fault with the word of God, and by that attitude, always shortening the arm of God, will eventually turn completely away from God. That person will be in much worse shape than the man of I Corinthians 5.


We are looking at these various scriptures in order to get a full scope of God’s dealing with mankind. There are those who will frown upon this message simply because it does not line up with their self righteous way of seeing things. They are trying to gain favor with God by their clean life, and their strict moral code. This world has been sowed with two different kinds of seed according to the parable of Jesus which is found in Matthew 13:24-30. If we could look at this parable for a few minutes, it will help us to better understand some of the things that we see and hear among professing christians. I am sure that most of us know people who live just as clean and upright as any christian, but many times those same people will blaspheme the very truth that you and I live by. Why is this? You will see it as we examine this parable. (24) “The kingdom of heaven is likened unto man which sowed good seed in thy field. (25) But while men slept, his enemy came and sowed tares among the wheat, and went his way. (26) But when the blade was sprung up and BROUGHT FORTH FRUIT, then appeared the tares also. (27) So the servants of the householder came and said unto him, Sir didst thou not sow good seed in thy field? From whence then hath these tares? (28) He said unto them, an enemy hath done this. The servants said unto him, wilt thou then that we go and gather them up? (29) But he said Nay; lest while ye gather up the tares, ye root up the wheat also with them. (30) Let both grow together until the harvest; and in the time of harvest I will say to the reapers, Gather ye together first the tares, and bind them in bundles to burn them; but gather the wheat into my barn.” In this parable there are two or three things that I would like to call your attention to. First, notice that the field was sown twice. The first time good seed were sown. The second time, tares, or we could say bad seed were sown. Another thing that I would like for you to see is found in verse 26, the tares were not recognized as tares until they brought forth fruit. In other words, while the stalk and blade were growing up together they looked just alike. Then we find some overzealous servants that would have gone right then to pull up the tares, but the householder said no, let them grow together until harvest time, in order not to disturb the good crop. Now the parable in itself does not clear up all of the questions that a person might have, but the explanation of the parable, which is found to begin in verse 37, makes the application fit religion in our day. When the disciples asked Jesus to explain the parable, he said, “He that sowed the good seed is the SON OF MAN; the field is the world; the GOOD SEED are the CHILDREN OF THE KINGDOM; but the tares are the CHILDREN OF THE WICKED ONE; the ENEMY that sowed them is the DEVIL; the harvest is the end of the world; and the reapers are the angels.” The test that really separates the believers from the make believers is the meat from the word of God Regardless of what some may want to believe, Jesus said that there are children of the wicked one out here in this world, who are growing up right along side of the children of God. Also, we notice from his teaching that they can only be identified by their fruit. Now we realize that these are some tares that are easily recognized immediately, but Jesus was using for illustration a particular kind of poisonous grass that is almost undistinguishable from wheat while the two are growing into blades. We find the same thing in the realm of religion. You have on one hand the true child of God who believes the word, yet many times in his mortal weakness, he does things that are not right. On the other hand you have the make believer, who believes that by his good works he is made acceptable to God. A person like this will live a clean life, much like the Scribes and Pharisees. You could not lay a finger on their lives, but watch the fruit that comes forth when they are faced with baptism in the Name of Jesus Christ, or baptism of the Holy Ghost, or the fact that the Godhead is in Jesus, (Colossians 2:9). That is when the fruit of their lips will blaspheme God, while the true child of God, even though he may not understand everything the first time he hears it, he still says within his heart, that is the word of God. Jesus said, by their fruits ye shall know them. (Matthew 7:20) Nevertheless, according to the parable, they are to be left alone until the end of the age, when the angels of God will bundle them up to be burned. In the meanwhile, you will have some saying, Amen, when the word of God is preached, while the others will be heard saying, “I don’t believe that, or that isn’t for our day, or I believe my way is just as good as your way, after all, you know we are all striving for the same thing.” That may sound fine to carnal minded people, but it doesn’t line up with the word of God.


A man who puts his trust in his own righteousness will miss the mark every time. Did not Isaiah write, 64:6 “But we are all as an unclean thing, and all our righteousness are as filthy rags; and we all do fade as a leaf; and our iniquities, like the wind, have taken us away.” Then Jesus, while teaching His disciples, over 700 years after Isaiah spoke this was moved to tell them that except their righteousness shall exceed the righteousness of the Scribes and Pharisees, they would in no case enter into the kingdom of Heaven. Now you and I know, the Scribes and Pharisees kept the law to the strictest letter. Should not that have been good enough to satisfy God? That is what Cain thought when he brought his beautiful offering to God that day, but did God receive it? You know he didn’t, God looks at the attitude and motive of every person who does anything that is meant to be a service to Him. Look what Micah wrote, (chapter 6:6-8) (6) “Wherewith shall I come before the Lord, and bow myself before the high God? Shall I come before him with burnt offerings, with calves of a year old? (7) Will the Lord be pleased with thousands of rams, or with ten thousands of rivers of oil? Shall I give my firstborn for my transgression, the fruit of my body for the sin of my soul? (8) He hath showed thee, O man, what is good; and WHAT DOTH THE LORD REQUIRE OF THEE, but to do justly, and to love mercy, and to walk humbly with thy God?” We don’t have anything that we can offer to God for our transgressions. We came into this world naked and without anything to call our own. All that we have, came from God. Did not he speak, in the beginning when there was nothing but darkness and void, and bring into being everything that we see around us. God has need of nothing in a tangible way. His heart longs for a people that will have true fellowship with Him.

Let us pick up some of the apostle Paul’s remarks to the Romans concerning righteousness. We will begin reading in chapter 3, verse 10. “As it is written, there is none righteous, no, not one: There is none that understandeth, there is none that seeketh after God. They are all gone out of the way, they are together become unprofitable; there is none that doeth good, no not one.” This is an accurate description of man in his natural makeup. In Ephesians 2:12, we find the apostle saying, “That at that time ye were without Christ, being aliens from the commonwealth of Israel, and strangers from the covenants of promise, having no hope, and without God in the world.” We read this verse to fix in your minds the hopeless state that the Gentiles were in before Calvary. The Jews had the covenants of promise, but could not consistently walk with God to receive the benefits. Even at their best, they could only push their sin debt forward until the perfect sacrifice was made.

Now, back to Romans 3; drop down to verse 20, “Therefore by the deeds of the law there shall no flesh be justified in his sight; for by the law is the knowledge of sin. (21) But now the righteousness of God without the law is manifested, being witnessed by the law and the prophets; (22) Even the righteousness of God which is by faith of Jesus Christ unto all and upon all them that believe; for there is no difference. (23) For all have sinned, and come short of the glory of God; (24) Being justified freely by his grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus; (25) Whom God hath set forth to be a propitiation through faith in his blood, to declare his righteous for the remission of sins that are past, through the forbearance of God; (26) To declare, I say, at this time his righteousness; that he might be just, and the justifier of him which believeth in Jesus.” Now we will read four verses in chapter 4, (3) “For what saith the scripture? Abraham believed God, and it was counted unto him for righteousness.” (6) Even as David also describeth the blessedness of the man unto whom God imputeth righteousness without works. (7) Saying, Blessed are they whose iniquities are forgiven, and whose sins are covered. (8) BLESSED IS THE MAN TO WHOM THE LORD WILL IMPUTE SIN.” Did you catch that last verse? David, a man after God’s own heart, spoke those words in Psalms 32:1-2, then the apostle Paul picked them up in his Epistle to the Romans. Let me remind you once again, the word SIN, as used in this verse is not the same thing as SIN in our text. In order to show the difference between the sin of unbelief and the sins of the flesh, the Greek language used two different words. If you have a concordance that shows the Greek and Hebrew words that the Bible was translated from, you may look it up for yourself. The word SIN as we find it used in our text is taken from a Greek word, HAMARTANO, which the word used for SIN as found in Romans 4:8, I John 1:7, 8, 9, etc. is HAMARTIA. We do not claim to be Greek scholars, but the Greek language used the different words to express the category of the sin mentioned. When you take that and lay it alongside the statements that the apostle made to the Corinthians, it will help you to see that this word must be rightly divided. Those different servants of God who wrote these scriptures were men just like you and me, very human. They had their individual style of writing, but you can stake your standing with God on what they wrote in dealing with these various situations. You will not find one contradicting another. When you find them dealing with the same situations, you will find them speaking the same thing. It may not be the exact words, but it will carry the same truth.


Let us see what James had to say concerning this walk with the Lord. We read in chapter 5, beginning with verse 10, “Take, my brethren, the prophets, who have spoken in the name of the Lord, for an example of suffering affliction, and of patience.” We are using these scriptures to show that all of mankind, living in mortal flesh, are subjected to the same things in life. Being an apostle or prophet did not exempt them. The word affliction in the verse we just read doesn’t even pertain to physical sickness. It belongs to persecutions, ridiculement, trials, and tests. In other words, everything that the devil decides to throw at you. James is saying, when things get rough for you, stop and consider, for example, the prophets, who spoke in the name of the Lord. They suffered these same things that you are suffering. Trials, tribulations, persecutions, and various tests go with this christian way of life, but verse 11, “Behold, we count them happy which endure. Ye have heard of the patience of Job, and have seen the end of the Lord: that the Lord is very pitiful, and of tender mercy.” That means compassionate, and considerate. We are going to see that the ones who endure, are the true children of God. You can identify them with the ones who received seed into the good ground in the Parable of Matthew 13. The ones that go back to the world because of persecutions, and tests, identify with the ones who received seed into stony ground, where there was no depth of soil, and not enough water to keep them going. Water in this case, would symbolize the Spirit of God in the believer. There will always be a group that will identify with the ones who received seed into ground where the thorns choked out the life before any fruit ever reached perfection. These are the ones who get so interested in the things of the world that they have no time for God. But we are interested in the group that identifies with the ones who received seed into good ground, and brought forth fruit, some an hundredfold, some sixty, and some thirty. These are the ones who received the true baptism of the HOLY GHOST, with which, we are sealed unto the day of redemption. (Ephesians 4:30) Now to continue our thought in James 5:12, “But above all things, my brethren, swear not, neither by heaven, neither by earth, neither by any other oath, but let your yea be yea, and your nay, nay, lest ye fall into condemnation.” To swear, in this instance, does not mean to take God’s name in vain. Did you ever hear someone make a statement like this, just as sure as you live on God’s green earth, I am going to do such and such? If you have done this, you have sworn. It means that you have made a positive statement that you are going to do a certain thing, when you don’t know if you will be able to do it or not. In the 4th chapter, James says, since we do not know what tomorrow will bring, we ought to say if the Lord be willing, I will do such and such. Verse 13, “Is any among you afflicted?” (meaning, if any of you are going through serious trials, or discouragement. It doesn’t mean a headache, or toothache, or etc. Jesus bore our afflictions, but he never had T.B. Nor heart trouble, false teeth, no glasses, yet He bore our afflictions because He was ridiculed and persecuted). “Is any among you afflicted, let him pray?” That is the best thing to do when you are in a trial, pray. “Is any merry? Let him sing Psalms.” When the trials are past, and we have seen the hand of God move on our behalf, it puts a song in our heart. We ought always to remember what the apostle wrote to the Corinthians. “There hath no temptation (or test) taken you but such as is common to man: but God is faithful, who will not suffer (or allow) you to be tempted above that ye are able: but will with the temptation also make a way to escape, that ye may be able to bear it.” This is a provision in the word of God for believers. It means that regardless of how bad things may look at times, we ought not to despair, for God has made a way for us, that we be not utterly defeated. Now we come to verses 14 and 15, this is a different category completely. “Is any sick among you? Let him call for the elders of the church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the Lord: And the prayer of faith shall save the sick, and the Lord shall raise him up; and if he has committed sins, they shall be forgiven him.” Please pay close attention to these two verses. Not only will the prayer of faith save the sick, but if he has committed sins, they will be forgiven. John said, “whosoever is born of God does not commit sin.” And James says if this believer has committed sins they will be forgiven. This is just another illustration of what we are dealing with in this message, SIN and SINS. These men were both inspired by God to write these things, and God is not double tongued. When He makes a promise, we can rely upon it. We have sufficient instructions and provisions in the Bible to keep us straight in ths life, if we would only learn to rely upon them. The integrity of the word of God ought to be a cherished thing with believers, knowing that when all else fails, the word of the Lord still remains steadfast.

In the 16th chapter of St. John, beginning with the 7th verse, we find Jesus saying, “Nevertheless I tell you the truth; It is expedient for you that I go away; for if I go not away, the Comforter will not come unto you, but if I depart, I will send him unto you. (8) And when he is come, he will reprove the world of sin, and of righteousness, and of judgment.” As I have said before, I will now say again, when Jesus hung on the cross of Calvary, it wasn’t for the many cigarettes that you have smoked, or for all the times that you have gotten drunk and such like. It was because we had been born with a nature to sin and disbelieve God. He hung there to undo the one great sin that stood between God and mankind. As it is written, the penalty for the sin of unbelief is death. That death sentence was passed upon all mankind and we were helpless to do anything about it, but then Jesus came and willingly accepted the penalty for the sin of all people everywhere. The price is paid, and the pardon is granted, but the key that unlocks the door to our death cell is faith in the word of God: God’s word teaches us that if we can believe that the price is paid for us, then we are free from condemnation. That sounds very simple and easy doesn’t it? Well, let me say this to you. If you really do believe this part of the word of God, then you will believe it all, and obey it. The devil has deceived a great multitude of people into believing that all they have to do is believe on Jesus and everything is all right. From there, they continue using their drugs, living together as man and wife outside of lawful matrimony, and continue most of the habits that they were addicted to.

The word of God clearly teaches that those who genuinely believe the gospel will repent and be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins, and they will receive the gift of the Holy Ghost. That brings us back to the scripture we are reading in St. John, the 16th chapter. When He, (the Comforter, the Spirit of Truth) comes He will reprove the world of sin, righteousness, and judgment. Now we will look at the first of the three mentioned. Verse 9, “Of sin, because they believe not on me.” When kind of SIN is he talking about? It is the SIN of UNBELIEF. Why do people not accept Jesus Christ as their personal Saviour? It is because somehow, they just do not believe that He can be to them what He has promised to be. (UNBELIEF), that is what robs people of the benefits of the work at Calvary. Why are so many church people so rebellious when it comes to walking in truth? It is because they do not see Jesus as being that truth. Verse 10, “Of righteousness, because I go to my Father, and ye see me no more.” People are trusting in their own righteousness, instead of the righteousness that God has revealed through the character and person of Jesus Christ. You will hear people say, “I wouldn’t do that for anything in the world.” Don’t ever say, dogmatically, that you will not do a certain thing, until you are thoroughly convinced that there is nothing in the word of God that will change your mind. Just as sure as you do, you will meet God one day for saying it.


The Epistle to the Hebrews (from which we took our text for this message) was not written to any particular assembly of christians. It was written to the Hebrew christians which were scattered abroad. Jews, who had believed the Gospel concerning Jesus Christ, who was their long awaited Messiah. The apostle must have been hearing reports of Hebrew christians that were on the verge of taking back up their Judiastic practices. In chapter 3, verse 7 we will begin to read. “Wherefore (as the Holy Ghost saith,) Today if ye will hear his voice, (8) Harden not your hearts, as in the provocation, in the day of temptation in the wilderness: (9) When your fathers tempted me, proved me, and saw my works forty years. (10) Wherefore I was grieved with that generation, and said, They do always err in their heart; and they have not known my ways. (11) So I sware in my wrath, They shall not enter into my rest). (12) Take heed, my brethren, lest there be in any of you an evil heart of unbelief, in departing from the living God.” The word provocation is referring to proving or testing. We read in Numbers, chapters 13 and 14, how, after God had brought the children of Israel out of Egyptian bondage by His high hand, showing them miracles in Egypt and along the way, (even the miracle of the Red Sea opening up for them to cross), they still were found to be full of unbelief, constantly complaining, and finding fault with God and Moses. After crossing the Red Sea they went three days journey into the wilderness of Shur; and were unable to find water, then they came to Marah, (this is the place where the water was bitter and they could not drink it) and because of that they began murmuring against Moses, but Moses was a man of faith. He knew where to go for help. Moses cried unto the Lord; and the Lord showed him a tree, which, when he cast it into the waters, the waters were made sweet. Then later when they were without water, God showed them a rock and told Moses to smite the rock, which when he obeyed, water poured forth and they all drank. The test of that murmuring generation came at Kadesh-Barnea, after having done all of these miracles on their behalf, (even to the place of giving them manna and quail supernaturally), God was not in their opinion, big enough to give them victory over the giants in Canaan land. Do you realize that when they stood there at Kadesh-Barnea, with only the Jordan River and the giants standing between them and their promised inheritance, it was unbelief that kept them from receiving the end of the promise. That promised land to them was the same as the Holy Ghost is to us as believers today. You will notice as you read this account that the believers who trusted in God to deliver them were the minority group, even as it is today. There stood ten that said we can’t do it, and only two that believed they could. God’s power is always displayed through the minority. Look at Gideon, with his army of 32,000 men. God said, if I give you the victory over your enemies while you have this great army, you will all begin to think that it was by your own strength. Therefore, God would not let them go into battle until the army had been reduced in number down to 300 men. God then said, now I will give the Midianites into your hands, and you will know that, it was not by the power of a great army. Jesus said, only a few would find the strait and narrow way that leads to life.


Ten spies who actually had to confess that everything was exactly the way it was said to be, (a land flowing with milk and honey), came back and spread enough unbelief to convince that great multitude of people that it was not possible to overcome the giants. Their unbelief and fear had no affect on the two men of faith, (Joshua and Caleb), for Caleb stood up and said to the people, “Let us go up at once and possess it, for we are well able to overcome it.” You see, faith looks at the promise of God, rather than the circumstances. Caleb and Joshua knew there were giants in the land, and that they would have to fight to take it, but God had said I am with you. That made the difference. Yes, it is true, there is a lot of wrong in the world, and as a Christian you are going to have your ups and downs, but if you are sealed with that Holy Spirit of promise you won’t turn back to the world because you are not on a mountain top every day.


When it was said in Hebrews 3:10, “They do always err in their heart; and they have not known my ways.” He was not talking about their fleshly weaknesses. He is talking about their spiritual attitude toward God. Those poor people had lived in the mud pits of Egypt. They had seen their loved ones killed by those Egyptian soldiers. They should have been thankful to God for bringing them out of such a place, yet when it come time for them to live by faith in God, they chose rather to be back in Egyptian bondage as slaves once again. Egyptian bondage to the Israelites, was set forth as a type of the bondage of sin that we were under while in our former state of unbelief. The Bible says, “Whomsoever ye serve, his servants ye are.” When we were in unbelief, we were in bondage to the devil, for we were serving him. The children of Israel (when they followed Moses out of Egypt) set a type of justification and sanctification as the waters of the Red Sea closed back up and separated them from Egypt. But it takes justification, sanctification, and baptism of the Holy Ghost to get a person past the point of turning back. As I said before, the baptism of the Holy Ghost is your seal. When the seal is applied, there is no turning back. God will let the devil kill you if necessary, as we saw demonstrated in I Corinthians 5, but there is no turning back.


The Holy Ghost Baptism, being typed by Canaan land, should let us see that we must believe God all the way. They had been delivered from bondage, and set apart, but they turned back in their hearts before attaining the promise. So is it with many in our day; they will believe and actually separate themselves from the ways of the world, but they come short of receiving the promise of the Father, (Acts 1:4), because of fear of what others may think or do, until unbelief takes hold of them again and leads them away from God back to the world. That is why we must seek after God with our whole heart. There is no place for the child of God to become selfish or careless. The devil will take full advantage of every place that we let down in steadfastness. The children of Israel, (while they were down in Egypt), kept crying out to God for deliverance. Then, after four hundred years of bondage, their time of deliverance finally arrived. They obeyed the word of the Lord in applying the blood on the door posts, and over the door, and at the appointed time started their journey to the Promised Land. In process of time, they came to the Red Sea, (with the Egyptians in hot pursuit), and found that they had nothing to cross over with. Then God said to Moses, lift up your rod. When Moses followed the Lord’s instruction, they witnessed an amazing thing; that body of water started to split in front of them, and by morning there was a dry path all the way across; the waters standing up as a wall on each side of them as they crossed over.

Later, in their song of thanksgiving and praise to God, the people were singing these words, “And with the blast of thy nostrils, the floods stood upright as an heap, and the depths were congealed, (in other words frozen), in the heart of the sea.” After witnessing the miracle of the divided waters, they were permitted to look back from the other side, at the pursuing army of Egyptians, as God closed the waters and drowned them in the midst of the sea. That is when they began to shout and dance. They had witnessed the hand of God, performing this great miracle on their behalf, yet when they came to Kadesh-Barnea, and were actually standing at the threshold of receiving the full reward, they began to disbelieve God. Are you able to see from these examples what unbelief will do for a person? It will cause them to go right back and do the same things as the man of the world.


The apostle Paul had some things to say about his forefathers who fell in the wilderness because of unbelief. We read it from I Corinthians, the 10th chapter, (1) “Moreover, brethren, I would not that ye should be ignorant, how that all our fathers were under the cloud, and all passed through the sea; (2) And were all baptized unto Moses in the cloud and in the sea; (3) And did all eat the same spiritual meat; (4) And did all drink the same spiritual drink; for they drank of the spiritual Rock that followed them; and that Rock was Christ. (5) But with many of them God was not well pleased; for they were overthrown in the wilderness. (6) Now these things were our examples, to the intent we should not lust after evil things, as they also lusted. (7) Neither be ye idolaters, as were some of them; as it is written. The people sat down to eat and drink, and rose up to play. (8) Neither let us commit fornication, as some of them committed, and fell in one day three and twenty thousand. (9) Neither let us tempt Christ, as some of them also tempted, and were destroyed of serpents. (10) Neither murmur ye, as some of them also murmured, and were destroyed of the destroyer. (11) Now all these things happened unto them for ensembles: (or types) AND THEY ARE WRITTEN FOR OUR ADMONITION, upon whom the ends of the world are come, (12) WHEREFORE, LET HIM THAT THINKETH HE STANDETH TAKE HEED LEST HE FALL.”

We should always remember that we do not stand by our strength and power, we are standing upon our faith in God, and it is by His grace, therefore we have no room to become puffed up. We must press the battle, and receive the promise of the Father. For when Jesus said, “and, lo, I am with you always, even unto the end of the world,” that promise lays within the realm of the Holy Ghost. That is when God is with you, when He is inside you. That is when He will be your Comforter, and your teacher and guide; when He is doing it from within you.


God said, “So I sware in my wrath, they shall not enter into my rest.” Why? Because of unbelief. His rest, (as referred to here), was Canaan land, your rest is the Holy Ghost. These examples that we have used, should help you to see, that many times, people will experience sensations that will cause them to act just like a person who has the Holy Ghost, but when the effects of the sensations wear off, they usually will return to the hog pen. This is right in line with the scripture. Jesus said, the rain falls upon the just and the unjust, also, the rain and sunshine fall upon the tares just the same as it does the wheat. We see also, back in Hebrews 6:7-8, “For the earth which dranketh in the rain that cometh oft upon it, and bringeth forth herbs, meet for them by whom it is dressed receiveth blessing from God: (8) But that which beareth thorns and briers is rejected, and is high unto cursing; whose end is to be burned.” You see, it is the fruit that tells the story in the end. A person who will reject part of the word of God is not bearing the right kind of fruit. The world is full of natural minded (FRUIT INSPECTORS). They will pass judgment on some person with a weakness in his fleshly make up, and pass right over the self-righteous person who puts up a good front, even though he rejects much of the word of God. One thing is sure, when Jesus said, “by their fruits, ye shall know them,” He was not giving the inspector jobs to just anyone who might come along. The job of inspecting the fruit of the spirit requires much Holy Ghost teaching. One has to know what to look for. For example, a person is not always a murderer just because they kill someone, neither is a person a drunkard just because they might be found drunk. There will be circumstances that must be allowed for. I fully expect this kind of teaching to cross over the pious ideas of a lot of church going people, but whatever the word of God makes room for, we must leave room for it. After all, a man is judged by God, according to what is in his spirit. Our first duty is to examine ourselves to see if we be in the faith. Anyone who is right in his own spirit will not be looking for some way that he can sin without being caught. His greatest desire will be to try and please his Father, (God), and he will leave the job of fruit inspecting to God’s ministry, as in Acts 5, where it might have looked to the average person that Annanias and Sapphira were being genuine christians when they came in that day and gave that large sum of money, but there was an inspection made and they were struck down by God. It is a dangerous thing to try deception with the Holy Ghost. Peter looked him in the eye and said, Annanias, why hath Satan filled thine heart to lie to the Holy Ghost? When Peter finished speaking, Annanias dropped dead. (IF WE SIN WILLFULLY, THERE REMAINETH NO MORE SACRIFICE FOR SINS). Did you notice what was left out of the scripture passage just quoted? The part that was left out is the deciding factor of it. Notice, (AFTER THAT WE HAVE RECEIVED THE KNOWLEDGE OF THE TRUTH).


We are living in a day and hour when many people backslide, but I say unto you, a Bible backslider is not lost. You may say, how can this be? What makes the difference? There, again, we must find out what the scripture has to say on the subject. Israel set the type. God dealt with them in the natural realm, to set a type of how he would later deal with a people in the realm of the spirit. Israel backslid over and over again, but did God cut her off completely? You know He didn’t. Let us look now at a few scriptures that will shed light upon ths subject. Did not God say concerning Israel, that he was married to a backsliding heifer, or that he was married to her, and she was like a backsliding heifer. In Jeremiah 3:14, we read, “Turn O backsliding children, saith the Lord; for I am married unto you.” 3:20, “Surely as a wife treacherously departeth from her husband, so have ye dealt treacherously with me, O house of Israel, saith he Lord.” (22) “Return, ye backsliding children, and I will heal your backslidings.” To return is to repent. True repentance is to be genuinely sorry for what you have done, and turn from it. In Hosea 14:1, we read, “O Israel, turn unto the Lord, thy God; for thou hast fallen by thine iniquity. (2) Take with you words, and turn to the Lord; say unto him, Take away all iniquity, and receive us graciously; so will we render the calves of our lips.” Verse 4, “I will heal their backsliding, I will love them freely; for mine anger is turned away from him.”

In concluding this message, I would like for us to finish reading chapter 3 of Hebrews. Verse 12, “Take heed, brethren, lest there be in any of you an EVIL HEART OF UNBELIEF, in departing from the living God. (13) But exhort one another daily, while it is called today; lest any of you be hardened through the deceitfulness of sin. (14) For we are made partakers of Christ, if we hold the beginning of our confidence steadfast unto the end; (15) While it is said, today if ye will hear his voice, harden not your hearts, as in the provocation. (16) For some, when they had heard, did provoke; howbeit not all that came out of Egypt by Moses. (17) But with whom was he grieved forty years? Was it not with them that had sinned, whose carcases fell in the wilderness? (18) And to whom sware he that they should not enter into his rest, but to them that BELIEVED NOT? (19) So we see that they COULD NOT ENTER IN BECAUSE OF UNBELIEF.”

We have used these many scriptures in an effort to help you see, from the word of God, that His judgment is made from the condition of a person’s heart, and not from the outward appearance. We have built it all around our text, taken from Hebrews 10:26, (FOR IF WE SIN WILLFULLY). We have used scripture that illustrated the truth, and others that actually demonstrated the thing which we are dealing with. We are publishing the message with the hope that it will help some people to begin to see things as God sees them. It is not meant to give anyone a license to backslide, but rather to help those who may have fallen behind in their service to God to see that there is still hope, if they can find a place of repentance. May God richly bless and help each of you.

Chronology of Revelation, Part 2 – 1977, April


Text Revelation 1:1-22:21



There will come a day when the bride will have seen enough that she will begin to look up, knowing that the time is at hand for her to take her flight.

Now I realize that you will not find anything written in the book of Revelation about the bride going up, but keep in mind the fact that Paul saw them going up (1 Thess. 4:17), and John saw them in heaven, (Rev. 19:1) and saw them coming back upon white horses with Christ (Rev. 19:14). Therefore, saints, it behooves us to rightly divide the word of truth, (2 Tim. 2:15).

Now we will get back to chapter 7:9:17. We held this portion back in our discussion in order to bring out the fact that the events of this portion will take place in the second half of the week of Daniel, while angels holding the four winds until the 144,000 are sealed, which we see in verses 1-8 will be stretched from the beginning of the week to the middle of the week covering the ministry of the two prophets which prophesy 42 months until the anti-christ breaks the peace covenant and puts an end to the sacrifice and oblation, Dan. 9:27.

We can now come back and pick up the 4th trumpet which actually will take us back to verse 12 of the 18th chapter. The first three trumpets of chapter 8 were sounded in connection with the ministry of the two prophets in the first half of the week. The 4th trumpet, as it is sounded, will mark the middle of the week and the breaking of the covenant by the anti-christ. This marks the beginning of that period of time known as the great tribulation. Look what happens when that 4th trumpet is sounded verses 12, the third part of the sun, moon and stars are smitten, so that it prevented them from giving their light for a third part of the day as well as the night. In the 13th verse an angel is seen flying through heaven announcing with a loud voice three woes that will come upon the inhabiters of the earth as the 5th, 6th & 7th trumpet angels begin to sound, which brings us to the 9th chapter, verses 1:12.

Before going on let me say this to you who are following these events, you will notice when that fourth trumpet angel sounds his trumpet, one third part of the sun was darkened, the moon and the stars likewise. This takes our attention back to the time when Jesus was hanging there on the cross where, Matt. 27 tells us, that darkness came over the whole land from the sixth to the ninth hour of the day. At the ninth hour Jesus cried with a loud voice and then yielded up the spirit of life. At that time there was a great earthquake which caused the veil of the temple to split from top to bottom, the rocks split and the graves were opened. This shows us that the heavens react to that which man does on earth, and when the heavens react it has an awakening effect on mankind that is allowed to witness these things. The centurion and they that were with him watching Jesus when they saw these things, begin to say truly this was the son of God.


Now this 4th trumpet is a sign of the anti-christ, when this angel sounds and the heavens begin to react, this will be a signal to the 144,000 and to the rest of those Jews that have been awakened, to flee from that land into the place that has been prepared from them where they would be fed for the next 42 months, which is the last half of the week of Daniel. Now as this woman flees into the wilderness to the place where God has prepared for her, (Rev. 12:6) that she should be fed for one thousand two hundred three score days, that 144,000 Jews that have been sealed in the first half of the week will fan out into all the nations of the world. As they go they will be preaching the everlasting gospel. (Rev. 14:6-7) saying, “Fear God, and give glory to him for the hour of his judgment is come, and worship him that made heaven and earth, and the sea, and the fountains of waters.” This 144,000 Jews will also condemn spiritual Babylon and warn people not to take the mark of the beast, not to worship the beast or his image. We will examine these things in more detail as we come to the particular chapters, but now let us turn our attention back to the trumpet angels. The next one that sounds is recorded in the 9th chapter verses 1-12.

Though we have been speaking of trumpet judgments and will now see what is turned loose when the 5th angel sounds, we want to concentrate for a little while on the words spoken by the angel in the 13th verse of chapter 8 where he spoke of three woes that were to come upon the inhabiters of the earth. At the sounding of the first three trumpets in chapter 8, we see first of all, hail and fire mixed with blood cast upon the earth, which resulted in the third part of the trees and all green grass being burnt. Then we see something like a great mountain burning with fire cast into the sea so that the third part of the sea became blood, also the third part of the living creatures which were in the sea died, and the third part of the ships were destroyed. The third trumpet reveals a great star falling from heaving burning as a lamp which feel upon the third part of the rivers and fountains of waters so that they became as wormwood, causing many men to die as a result of the bitter waters. Now we have no trouble recognizing these happenings as the kind of plagues associated with the ministry of Moses and Elijah in days of old. Therefore, if we can see the true significance of the evens under these first three trumpets we immediately realize that this is a result of the ministry of the two prophets of Rev. 11:3, which are referred to as two lamp stands, (verse 4) who have power to shut the heavens, stop the rain, turn the waters to blood, and smite the earth with all manner of plagues, as often as they wish. Now if you can see their ministry as being that which caused the terrible conditions of chapter 8:2-11, you will have no trouble understanding how the anti-christ (which had signed a seven year peace agreement with Israel and many other nations), becomes so infuriated that he no longer is able to control himself. Here in the face of what he has led many to look upon as a time of peace and prosperity, he is faced with two Jewish preachers who have received a revelation of Jesus Christ, and filled with the Holy Ghost, who will not let them enjoy their great time of peace and prosperity. These two preachers (or prophets), are covering the whole land of Israel with the gospel and if any man tries to hurt them, fire proceeds out of their mouth to devour their enemies, making it impossible for anyone to stop or hinder them till they have sealed the servants of God in their foreheads. (The 144,000 of ch. 7:3-8). By the time 3 ½ years have expired, which is the time allotted to them by God, (ch. 11:3), the great man of peace, (the anti-christ, who by this time has been taken over completely by the devil), will be so fed up with all these plagues, famines, pestilences, and that great drouth of the land, he will devise a plan to kill the two prophets, and rid himself of these two thorns in his flesh. This time God will allow it for the fulfilling of his Word, (ch. 11:7-13). Verse 14 announces this as the 2nd woe being past. These two prophets were killed and their bodies were left lying in the streets for three days and a half, while the unregenerates, and ungodly people who had been tormented by their ministry rejoiced over their death by sending gifts to each other and making merry. Their rejoicing was brought to an abrupt end after 3 ½ days when the spirit of life from God entered into them causing them to stand upon their feet, and a voice from heaven was heard to say, “come up here,” and they ascended to heaven. At this very time there was a great earthquake which caused a tenth part of the city to fall, and seven thousand men were slain. It was said that the rest were terrified and gave glory to God. No, it was not in repentance and faith, but simply that they were heard to say, (as the centurion in Matt. 27), truly this was an act of God. Thank God we were spared.

Now in dealing with the two prophets all the way through to their death, we passed over some events that took place before they were killed. Therefore, let our minds go back to the point where Satan actually incarnates the great peace maker, (which is the anti-christ, the head of the beast system, which is none other than the Roman Pope of that hour), and causes him to break the covenant that he has made with the Jews, where he will drive them out of the temple and forbid them to continue their sacrifice and oblation, (fulfilling Dan. 9:27 & 12:11). This breaking of the covenant and sudden persecution of the Jews, causes God to authorize the 4th trumpet angel to sound an alert, which lets the 144,000 referred to as the servants of God, as well as the remainder of those Jews who believed through the preaching of the two witnesses (which are referred to in Rev. 12:6 as the woman), know that it is time to flee the wrath of this beast. As we said earlier, the fourth trumpet marks the beginning of the great tribulation period which will last for 3 ½ years and take up the remaining portion of the week, and announces three woes to come.

The 5th trumpet angel sounds and a star falls from heaven with the keys to the bottomless pit. When the bottomless pit was opened there was seen a great intense smoke arise like something from a huge furnace, so black that it darkened the sun and air. Out of the smoke came locust, which had power as the scorpions of the earth, and their job was to hurt men who did not have the seal of God in their foreheads. By this we are made to know that these demons which were loosed from the bottomless pit were not allowed to touch the Jews which have believed and been filled with the Holy Ghost. These demons in the shape of giant locust or grasshoppers were not allowed to harm any of the green vegetation, for God had already accomplished this in the first 3 trumpet judgments under the ministry of the two prophets. Actually what we are reading about under this 5th trumpet is what God is doing as a result of all the apostasy which has so overspread the earth that the Devil is being worshiped through the anti-christ, and God is loosing all the demons that have been bound that they may have a full portion of all that Satan is. These demons were allowed to torment unregenerate men for five months, but were commanded not to kill them. God would let them have a full portion of the spirits they had been courting. We will speak of it on this wise. It is hell turned loose on earth in full measure. You see the full description of what is referred to as the first woe in chapter 9:1-12, also in an article we printed entitled, “The Three Woes”, which you may request if you wish more detailed comments on this subject.


Woe is always a word that portrays something bad or sorrowful. Then the fifth trumpet angel sounds, and the bottomless pit comes open, all of the demon spirits that have been bound there will be turned loose. John saw a black smoke arise, and out of it came locust, which were given power on earth as scorpions. First let me say, this was not a hole in the ground that you and I could see, it is all symbolic to express a condition that will be turned loose on ungodly men. The locusts have power as scorpions . . . A scorpion has a sting that is very deadly. But before death finally comes, there is a very tormenting effect on the flesh of one who has been stung. It usually starts with a high fever that builds up to a point where the person, many times, will ache so bad that they will desire to die, but they linger and linger before death finally takes them. In this particular setting, the locust are to torment degenerate men for this five month period, but God will not let them die. Please do not spiritualize this, for they will want very much, to die physically, to escape the pain.

While these men are desiring to die, and God will not permit it, the anti-christ is busy arresting Gentile foolish virgins and spiritual Jews, and casting them into torture chambers, where, after a period of time, God gives them grace to die. They will be able to die for their faith with the same attitude that Stephen had when he was stoned to death. “What a parallel!” One group desiring to die and cannot, another group desiring to be found in favor with God, and they are allowed to die, but with victory in their souls. That is why we can rightly call it hell on earth.

Since we have already spoken of the events referred to as the second woe in our discussion of the two prophets who prophesy 42 months (which is the first half of the week), we will now move to chapter 12:6-7 where we will discuss the third woe.

Now I realize that we do not find the third woe referred to as the third woe, but don’t forget, the fourth trumpet angel announced, (woe, woe, woe,) three woes that were to come. We have seen two of them named specifically, (Rev. 9:12, 11:14), now we come to chapter 12:12 where we find woe mentioned for the last time in the book of Revelation. There is no question in our mind that this is the other woe, but let us go first into the 13th chapter, (which actually fulfills ahead of ch. 12), where we will see that beast rising up out of the sea, which later would persecute the woman, (Israel) in chapter 12 and cause her to flee into the wilderness.


The Beast which John sees and describes in Rev. 13 is the same Beast that Daniel described which we read of in Daniel 7:7-12.

Daniel, in a dream, saw four great beasts come up out of the sea, diverse one from another. The four beasts represented four world Empires. The first, (Babylon), was like a lion, the second (Medo-Persia), was like a bear, the third (Greece), was like a leopard, the fourth (Rome), was dreadful and terrible, very strong with great iron teeth; it devoured and broke in pieces, and stamped the residue with its feet, it was different from the other three, for it had ten horns. You may want to open your bibles to Daniel 7:1-12, and read this account word for word. Notice verse 12 states that the other three beasts had their dominion taken away, yet their lives were prolonged for a season and a time.

Now turn back to Revelation chapter 13, and lets watch this beast which John saw coming up out of the sea. This beast has ten horns just like the fourth beast of Daniel’s vision, yet we notice here that John saw seven heads on this ten horned beast. The seven heads are symbolic of seven forms or phases of Roman rule as it passes down through the old Caesars and on through the various successors winding up with the Pope. The Papal power was symbolized by the little horn that Daniel saw rising up from among the ten, which plucked up three of the ten. This little horn, (horn symbolizes power), had eyes like a man, and a mouth speaking great things.

John sees crowns upon these horns, and upon the heads the name of blasphemy, (Sovereign Imperial Universal Ruler), this is blasphemy for God himself is the only Sovereign Imperial Universal Ruler. This was the title held by the old Caesars which has now passed on to the pope, so that he is looked upon as the Vicar of the Son of God, in other words, one who stands in the place of God.


Now notice how, in verse 2, this beast which John saw is identified with the first three which Daniel saw. This beast is like a leopard, (Grecian Empire) with feet like a bear, (Meado-Persian Empire), and a mouth like a lion (Babylonian Empire), and the dragon, (which is the devil, see Rev. 12:9), gave him power, and his throne, and great authority. He saw one of the heads wounded, as though it were wounded to death, but as he continued to watch, he saw that the wound was healed and all the world wondered after the beast. And they worshiped the dragon who gave power unto the beast; and they worshiped the beast saying, “Who is like the beast? Who is able to make war with him?” There was given unto him, (the beast), a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies, and power was given unto him to continue forty two months, during which time, it further states, that he opens him mouth in blasphemy against God. Verse 7 states that it was given unto him to make war with the saints, and to overcome them, (this is tribulation saints, both Jews and Gentile foolish virgins that will be martyred during the forty two months), and power was given him over all kindreds, and tongues, and nations, so that all who dwell upon earth will worship him, except those whose names were written in the book of life of the Lamb slain from the foundation of the world.

Now before going on, there are a few things that we should give particular attention to in order not to leave loose ends. First I would like to call your attention back to a statement made by Daniel in verse 12 of chapter 7. He pointed out the fact that even though the first three beasts had their dominion taken away, their lives were prolonged for a season and a time. This statement by Daniel explains why John saw this Roman beast still as having all the characteristics of the first three. The head changed, from the one empire to the other, but the actual life of each empire was carried right on over into the next, which helps us to understand why the fourth beast was to be so terrible. There was nothing lost of all the cunning craftiness of the first three. The fourth beast was large like a big old bear with feet that left huge tracks wherever it went, it was just as vicious, and clawed at everything that was not like it. Its power was like the lion which is known to be king of the beast, and it had the swiftness and cunning of the leopard.

Now Daniel saw the ten horns on the last beast, and then as he watched he notice that a little horn rose up from the midst of the ten, which plucked up three of the original ten. One might be led to believe that there were eleven horns if they did not examine closely what actually did happen. First let us consider the old Roman Empire which was made up of ten certain segments, or powers, each having a king or ruler of its own. We will be more able to visualize this setting if we pause to consider something that is taking place in our own age, that being the formation of the European Common Market. It will have trade agreements with dozens of other nations or countries, but the power will be in the ten main member nations, nine of which we have observed for quite some time now. One day in the near future, those of us who remain alive will see that little horn make his move once again. In the vision that Daniel had where he saw the little horn rise up, and three of the first horns plucked up, God was allowing him to see the ecclesiastical power of the bishop of Rome as he began to speak great things and assume more responsibility in political matters, actually move into the seat of the old Caesars. Having become a political voice as well as the religious head of Rome he just reached over into the other kingdoms and begin to exercise his will in their affairs. When three of them disagreed with him, he retaliated in such a way that they were made to surrender and apologize. This did not eliminate the three and leave only seven horns on the beast. No! There still remained ten horns, but look who was running the show, (The Bishop of Rome), and he continues to run the show till the days of the reformation.

When Martin Luther begin to be stirred by the spirit of God to see that the religious system was not teaching the same truth that the church in the book of Acts started out with, he was moved upon to search the scriptures for a true understanding of the word of God. He began to see that the just shall live by faith, Rom 1:17, Gal. 3:11, instead of rituals, creeds, and dogmas which was the extent of religion in that hour.

In the year of 1517 Luther openly stated certain objections to some of the teachings of the church. He did this by writing ninety five theses, or statements, and nailing them to the door of the church at Wittenberg, Germany. Many people agreed with him and became his followers, the church demanded that Luther take back his words, but Luther said, “It is neither safe nor right to go against conscience. There I take my stand. I cannot do otherwise. So help me God. Amen.” So take a stand he did! After his defiance of the church his friends hid him in an old castle for almost a year. During this time he began the first German translation of the New Testament. Previously, it had always been printed in Latin or Greek.

The Roman (German) emperor, Charles V. ordered all of Luther’s books to be burned, which only made the people more eager to read them.

The rulers of some German kingdoms agreed with Luther, while others insisted that the Roman Catholic faith should be the only religion in Germany. Finally the emperor ordered that there should be only the Catholic religion. The others protested, and from this they got the name Protestants. Luther, with some help, then wrote a statement of his beliefs. This was called the Augsburg Confession, which was published in the year 1530, and later became the basic statement of the Lutheran Church.

The protestant movement, picking up here, continued on thru the years till the head of that Roman beast, (the Papal power), was almost destroyed, according to John’s vision Rev. 13:3, but then the deadly wound was healed, and that is where we are today. The Ecumenical council of churches is the tool in the hand of Satan that is blending it all back together, so that by the time the week of Daniel is in effect, the Pope of Rome will again be in full command through the great peace covenant. The wound will be completely healed. All of the degenerate world will wonder after the beast. Verses 4-10, they are seen worshiping the devil and the beast, saying, “who is like the beast, and who can make war with him?” He blasphemes God, and makes war with the saints.




While John is seeing all of this in a great panoramic vision, he is shown another beast coming up out of the earth. This one only had two horns like a lamb, but he spoke like a dragon, and exercised all the power of the first beast which was before him, and caused all the people to worship the first beast whose deadly would was healed. Saints, can you see it? Do you understand? John saw it all at one time, but it has taken many years for it all to come into focus for us. The two horned beast was not a beast in its beginning, for it was none other than the new world which in the beginning was a people that had come to this land seeking religious freedom and a new way of life. The two horns that John saw on this beast was two powers that came later, POLITICAL and ECCLESIASTICAL. Both politically and religiously this nation has had a voice that has reached around the world. We have been involved in every major conflict that has arisen in every part of the world. We have exercised our voice as a great political power in the past with whatever action was required to back it up. We have also sent missionaries to all parts of the world, and been known as a Christian nation. Now we all know that this country has deteriorated morally as well as politically so that we are no longer looked upon by the rest of the world as in former days. But remember this, the word of God must be fulfilled, and this two horned beast that John saw will fulfill his part in these last days. The world council of churches, (which is the image of the beast, Rev. 13:14), whose strength is in this country, will become such a powerful voice that anyone who disagrees with or opposes them will be cast into prison or killed.


world council of churchesVerse 13, he, (the lamb like beast), performs great miracles, even to the point of making fire come down out of heaven. These are scientific miracles. Just imagine what kind of language you might have used if you had lived in John’s day and been shown the things which he saw. How would you have explained a rocket coming down out of the sky with a stream of fire blazing from it, or a hydrogen bomb exploding, or a space platform in the heavens? With this country being in the lead with all such space travel and weaponry, it enables us to see the fulfillment of verse 14, he, (America), deceiveth them that dwell on the earth, by the miracles which he had power to do in the sight of the beast. By this, the leaders of this country are able to make great promises of protection from Russian invasion to the European nations which have spent billions of dollars helping to reunify. The whole world knows that if there ever is a confrontation between Russian and Europe, the United States of America with her scientific weaponry would be the only source of survival for the European nations. Therefore, this lamb beast still speaks very loud. Verse 16 & 17, he causes all but the true children of God to receive a mark in their right hand or in their forehead. Those who are left here will not be able to buy or sell without the mark of the beast. That is why the foolish virgins and the spiritual minded Jews who are still in dispersion will be killed. They will refuse to take the mark. The mark of the beast is more than just a stamp on the hand or forehead, it really amounts to a stamp of unbelief on the soul of those who take it. Like Esau who sold his birthright for a bowl of stew.

We realize that we are living on the threshold of a cashless society, but this is not the mark of the beast. It will be necessary to go along with these arrangements to some degree, but let me say this, don’t go any further than is absolutely necessary. The mark will not go into effect until the middle of the week. By this time the bride will be gone to glory for the marriage supper and will not be affected, but if this message should be read by someone who has lived so careless with the word of God that you find yourself left here when the bride leaves, let this be a warning to you. The cashless system that will be in effect at that time will be taken over by the beast system in the middle of the week. (Through this he, (the anti-christ who will be at the head of all of Satan’s ungodly deeds), will be able to get complete information on every person who is connected with it. He will only need to make a decree requiring all who would buy or sell to be marked, the number six, six, six, will be in the computers already. (See note under paragraph heading Identifying the Number.)


As we leave chapter 13 where we saw the beast coming up out of the sea, and another beast coming up from the earth, and that beast forming the image to the first beast, let us go now to chapter 12 and see some of the activity of this system.

Chapter 12 opens with verse one giving a complete heavenly profile of the history of the nation of Israel from her beginning as a nation of people until she is sitting in the millennium. John saw in the heavens, a woman clothed with the sun, with the moon under her feet and crowned with a crown of twelve stars. The fact that she is clothed with the sun lets you known that God already sees her in the millennium. Many would say that is when she gets the gospel back. What a shame for anyone to see it like that. Let me show you why that idea is wrong. You know that at the first advent of Christ she, (Israel), had access to the gospel for almost seventy years. That did not put her in the sun, so why would you think that three and one half years more would it? Therefore, this lets me know that this is a picture of her, (Israel), sitting in the millennium with with Christ whose raiment will shine as the sun. That is when she sits in the millennium as a nation, with her Messiah as a nation, with her Messiah on his throne. Then Israel will be shining.

You will find others saying that because the moon under her feet represents the law, the sun would have to represent grace, but let me say this to you. There are more scriptures in the law that point to the millennium than there are pointing to grace. Therefore, the moon being a reflection of the sun in this instance, it is the law reflecting the glory of the millennium. For a better understanding read the book of Micah, also Isa. Chapters 11, 24, 66. She called it her kingdom when she knew that her Messiah would rule and reign. At that time when all nations will flow to Zion, then Israel, (the woman), will shine, for she will be the number one nation in the spotlight of God. She has a crown, but it is not the crown of the twelve apostles, it is the crown of the twelve tribes. She is the only nation today that can still boast of her ancient identity of twelve tribes.


The woman is seen heavy with child, travailing in birth, paining to be delivered. While John is viewing this scene he glances over a little and his eye catches another scene, a great red dragon, with seven heads and ten horns, and seven crowns upon his heads, standing before the woman, ready to devour her child as soon as it is born. Do you see the key to the dragons identity? (SEVEN HEADS, TEN HORNS) The ninth verse tells us that the dragon is the Devil, and the description of seven heads and ten horns point to the old Roman Empire, so what the vision adds up to is that the devil, incorporated in the Roman empire, was waiting for Israel, (the woman) to give birth to the man child, (Jesus the Messiah), who was to rule all nations with a rod of iron.

The woman is impregnated with the prophecies of her ancient prophets concerning the child that was to fulfill so many scriptures. Potentially, the child that she gave birth to at the first advent, was the one that was to rule all nations, but the fact that Israel rejected him as her Messiah, gave him the chance to fulfill the other scriptures, man of sorrows, acquainted with grief, etc. He was given to them as their king, but their rejection of him automatically put him in the place of fulfilling all other scripture. Verse 5 shows his birth in the first part of the verse and the last part shows his resurrection and being caught up to God.

That dragon, (the devil) was in power through the Roman empire. Therefore, when they cried, “crucify him,” and condemned him to death, it was the devil in that system that actually led him out to calvary’s hill, and the soldiers of that dragon Roman system put him to death. I imagine the devil thought he had accomplished his goal when he saw Jesus go down into hell, (Eph. 4:8-10, 1 Peter 3:19-20), but Jesus conquered death, hell and the grave, (1 Cor. 15:55), and was seen after his resurrection of above five hundred brethren, (1 Cor. 15:6) before he was caught up to God.


Verse 7 shows that there was war in heaven, where Michael and his angels fought against the dragon and his angels. When the battle was over the dragon, (which is the devil), was cast out into the earth with his angels. When he is cast out, he incarnates the anti-christ, who up until this time has been a great man of peace, (Dan. 9:27) but here in the middle of the week of Daniel he is taken over by the devil as Judas was when he betrayed Christ. This brings our attention back to the fourth trumpet, (Rev. 8:12-13) where the hour is marked by a great disruption in the heavenlies. The sun, the moon and the stars, all express themselves in that grim hour, for this is when the anti-christ breaks the covenant that he has confirmed with many nations. He causes the Jewish sacrifice and evening oblation to cease, and moves himself into the temple to set himself us as God. (Dan 9:26-27, 2 Thes. 2:4) At that time we hear an angel announcing three woes, (Rev. 8:13, two of which we have discussed already in chapters 9 and 11.) The third woe is recorded in chapter 12:12, and it pertains to the persecution of the woman who brought forth the man child.

Now remember, even though the scriptural account of them are strung out through 4 chapters, all three woes are taking place at the same time. When satan is cast out into the earth with his angels, the fifth trumpet reveals hell being turned loose on earth as every kind of demon is seen coming up out of the bottomless pit. At the same time the man of sin, (the anti-christ) orders the two prophets killed and he begins to persecute Israel.


It is easy to see that verse 5 is speaking of the first advent of Christ where he was caught up to God after his resurrection, but then when you come to verse 6 your see a woman running. Now this necessarily puts the time at the middle of the week, for this is the key to understanding it here. The woman who brought forth the man child is fleeing into the wilderness where God has prepared a place to feed her for 42 months during that great tribulation. Seeing that there is a gap of almost two thousand years between these two verses, we know that the complete age of grace to the Gentiles is squeezed in here. This is one of the places where it is necessary to read between the lines. The chapter is dealing with Israel so it wasn’t showed to John that there would be all of that time elapse in between the two events.

When these two prophets are killed in the middle of the week, it marks the beginning of a mass slaughter of everything and everyone that is in any way identified with God. Verse 11 states that they overcame him by the blood of the Lamb, (this is the foolish virgins), and by the word of their testimony, (this is the spiritual Jews). Chapter 6:9 furnishes the identification here for it is the same language in both places. The souls under the altar were slain because of their testimony of the word of God, so also are these here. They did not have the blood of the Lamb applied as the Gentile group did.


Woe to the inhabiters of the earth, and the sea, for the devil has come down unto you, having great wrath for he know that his time is short, (Three and one half years). The next verse brings our attention back to the fact that satan, (the dragon) seeing he was cast into the earth, and realizing that his time is short, he sends out a decree through the anti-christ for the extermination of all Jews everywhere. But God has already prepared a place for those who were awakened spiritually by the ministry of the two prophets. God’s prophets are known in the scripture as eagles. They have the ability to rise high and see afar off. this can be confirmed by a scripture over in Exodus 19:4 where God was reminding the children of Israel how he had delivered them from Egyptian bondage through a prophets message and leading. He reminds them of how he bore them on EAGLES WINGS to bring them to himself. (That prophet was Moses.)

Here in verse 14 we read, and the woman was given TWO WINGS OF A GREAT EAGLE that she might fly into the wilderness into her place, where she is nourished for a time, and times, and a half time. (Notice the language here how it corresponds with Daniel 7:25, 12:7.) She flees into her place which God has prepared for her. There will be certain areas of the world as we know it today, that will never be touched by the beast system of that hour. God has those two prophets telling the Jewish people where these places are located, and how to get there when the time comes. This is why it can be said that she was given eagles wings, it was the message of those two prophets. Now we have another clue in verse 16 which helps us to see that the place where the woman flees to will no doubt be somewhere in the new world. It is said that when the serpent cast out a flood after the woman the EARTH helped the woman by opening up her mouth and swallowing up the flood which the dragon cast out of his mouth. The political Jew has no place in this, for the woman has always been the spiritual Jew that found favor with God. This woman seen fleeing into her place of hiding will be made up of spiritual minded Jews, some for each of the twelve tribes, who will be kept alive and moved right over into the millennium for the purpose of repopulating that race of people, just as God will preserve a seed from every other nation for the same purpose. This element of Jews referred to as the woman fleeing, is not to be confused with the 144,000 servants who where sealed by the ministry of the two prophets. They have a job to do which we will discuss later in another part of this message.


For just a moment let us look back at Daniel chapter 12, where in verse 1 there is announced a time of trouble for Daniel’s people, such as had never been before even till the time described. But he was given the assurance that all whose names were written in the book would be delivered. God also let Daniel have a glimpse of the resurrection, both of the wicked as well as the righteous. He saw that many would be purified and made white and tested during the time when many would run to and fro, and knowledge would increase. This included the Gentiles who were purified and made white by the blood of the Lamb.

Daniel was told to seal up these things until the time of the end, but even though his head was spinning he still wanted to know how long it would be till these things take place, and what will be the end of it all. The angel raised his hand to heaven and swore by him who liveth forever that it shall be for a time, and times, and half time, when he, (the anti-christ), shall have accomplished the breaking up of the power of the holy people, (meaning to scatter them), all these things shall be finished. But, said the angel, “the wicked shall do more wickedly, and none of the wicked shall understand, but the wise shall understand.” When? At the end. Daniel is given this much more though, and it ties right in with what we are discussing in Rev. 12. From the time that the daily sacrifice shall be taken away, and the abomination that maketh desolate set up, (abomination here does not refer to sacrificing a pig on the altar, but rather refers to excessive hatred toward the Jews) there shall be a thousand two hundred and ninety days. Blessed is he that waiteth, and cometh to the thousand three hundred and thirty five days. God let Daniel see an extra seventy five days here that John did not record, but there is nothing to be alarmed over, for we must realize that when the bloody battle of Armageddon is finished, there will be much cleaning up to be done, as well as time for sanctifying and rededicating the altar and the temple before Christ will move in to sit upon his throne.

Now back to our thought in Rev. 12. Somewhere on this globe there is a little country that will not be affected by what that beast system is doing once it gets in full swing. The whole world will not join in with this beastly system. When the bible speaks of the whole world, it is referring to the prophetic world. That basically is the middle east and the old world as known in the bible days. For instance, the apostle Paul said to the Romans that their faith was spoken of throughout the whole world, meaning the world as they knew it then. It is also said that Rome ruled the world, but Rome ruled only the old world as was known in bible days before Columbus discovered what was later referred to as the new world. Therefore, most of the bible language is referring to the world as was known in the days of the writing of the scriptures. When verse 16 refers to the earth helping the woman this gives us a clue that it will no doubt be somewhere in the western part of the world. Recall Rev. 13:11 where John saw the 2nd beast coming up out of the earth, the two horned beast, which we know to be the United States with its two powers where were, (political and ecclesiastical) while the first beast was seen to come up out of the sea. The key words seem to be SEA and EARTH. Rev. 17:15 shows the waters to be people, which lets us know that the first beast rose up from the earth, (the new world), so it may be a little country in South America, or somewhere in Canada or even in the United States, but somewhere God will have a place prepared for the woman to hide for 42 months while the beast is on the rampage. When it is said that the earth helped her, it is not referring to the ground opening up as in the day of Korah, but rather that a people somewhere in a remote area, out of their love for the Jewish race will take them in and hide them where the devil cannot get at them. Verse 17, the dragon was angry with the woman, Why? (Because she had escaped), and went to make war with the remnant of her seed, who keep the commandments of God, and have the testimony of Jesus Christ. Notice here is that identifying statement again, as we pointed out above verse 11, which identifies this group as being Jews and foolish virgins. Since there are over 16 million Jews in the world and only a very small percentage of them will ever go back to the land of Israel, that still leaves Jews dispersed all over the world. It will be these dispersed Jews and the foolish virgins that the dragon makes war with. You might say, “how did the foolish virgins get to be the seed of the woman?” Remember there is a natural seed through genetic reproduction, (which is the Jews), and there is a spiritual seed through faith, which includes the Gentiles, see Gal. 3:6-9.


When God led Abraham up that day and told him to look North, South, East and West, he made a covenant with Abraham and gave him a promise. God said, I will give you all the land that you can see. It will be to you and your seed forever. God also told him that his seed would be as the dust of the earth and as the stars of heaven for number, and that in him and his seed would all the families of the earth be blessed. (read Gen. 13:14-17, 15:1-5, 28:14) When God first made the promise to him, Abraham didn’t even have a seed, and his wife was well past the normal age of child bearing, but Abraham believed God, and the scriptures declare that God imputed righteousness to him because he believed. Here is how the promise to Abraham is fulfilled in the woman. When God told him that his seed would be as the stars of heaven for number, he gave him a dual promise. “And in thee and thy seed, shall all the families of the earth be blessed.” There is where the spiritual seed line was included. Therefore, when the dragon goes to make war with the remnant of the woman’s seed, he will be killing everyone that in any way identifies with God, which will be Gentile foolish virgins as well as Jews scattered around the world.

The devil is trying hard to completely liquidate the whole Jewish race, hoping to put to silence forever all this talk about the Jews having a Messiah, (or king), that will rule on earth for a thousand years. The foolish virgins will be in sympathy with the Jews, and will partake of that universal blood bath as the decree goes forth to imprison or kill all who will not renounce faith in God. This will be the devil’s heyday. God’s restraining power will no longer be holding back these forces of evil. The devil will be free to do anything he wants to with one exception, he cannot harm any of those who were sealed in their foreheads by the ministry of the two prophets. God will be watching over them. Contrary to what many people may believe, God is still running his own affairs. He has not and will not raise a white flag and surrender to the forces of evil. The scriptures declare that God is able to put it in the hearts of men to fulfill his will. For six thousand years, God has allowed satan to pervert, tangle and twist mans minds and cause them to rebel against God and his righteous ways, but if you will check closely you will realize that God has still been in control, for every prophecy recorded in the bible has been fulfilled right on time up to our present day. Therefore, we believe that God, (who is the one that actually keeps time on these events to come), will be right on time with what is left to be fulfilled yet.


Let us take a little time before moving too far away from the 13th chapter and try to pin this number 666 to the rightful owner of it according to scripture. I realize that there have been many men through the centuries of time whose names could have been worked out to 666 by the method we are going to demonstrate. But there has never been another one who could fulfill the scripture that must line up with such an identity. Chapter 13:17-18 we find that there will come a time, (during that week of Daniel), when no man can buy or sell without the mark of the beast or the number of his name. Here is wisdom, says verse 18, let him that hath understanding count the number of the beast; for it is the number of a man; and his number is six hundred three score and six. We see here that this number belongs to a certain man, and that certain man is identified as the beast. Now let’s not get confused by the different ways that the word beast is used throughout the book. First of all the beast is a spirit, which is the devil. Secondly it is a system which is inspired and motivated by the devil, and thirdly it is a man who is incarnated by the devil, and that is the man that we wish to identify. Daniel 9:26-27 identifies a prince that shall come in this way. THE PEOPLE OF THE PRINCE THAT SHALL COME SHALL DESTROY THE CITY AND THE SANCTUARY, Verse 26. Now we know that the people who destroyed the city were Romans, led by Titus in the year 70 A.D. Therefore, the prince that is to come, who will confirm a covenant with many for one week, will have to be a prince of the people who destroyed the city and the sanctuary. This makes him a prince of the Romans. Now who is the prince of the Romans that would be in a position to fulfill all the other prophecies tied to this particular office, but the Pope of Rome? He is the only Roman prince with worldwide influence enough to mediate such a covenant of peace. Notice in Dan. 9:27, he, (that same prince that is to come) breaks his covenant with Israel. Dan. 7:8 refers to him as a little horn that rises up with eyes like a man and a mouth speaking great things. Verse 25 shows that he will speak great words against the Most High (God) and shall wear out the saints of the Most High, and think to change the times and the laws; and THEY (the saints of the Most High, see Rev. 13:7), shall be given unto his hand until a time (one year), and times, (two years), and the dividing of times (one half year). Dan. 7:11 identifies the little horn with the beast and shows that it is all destroyed by fire after it has been allowed to run its course, (see Rev. 19:20 and 20:10). This prince that we are identifying has assumed a title that belongs only to God. (Sovereign, IMPERIAL, UNIVERSAL RULER) That makes him a blasphemer. Rev. 17:3 speaking of the names of blasphemy in connection with the woman which was sitting upon the scarlet colored beast ties this prince to the Catholic church which he is the head of. Assuming this position of sovereignty makes him the false prophet of Rev. 16:13, which ties in with all these other titles and all of them point to the same man.

Vicarius Filii Dei - 666 - The Mark of the BeastVicarius Filii Dei is a title assumed by the Pope of the Roman Catholic Church. The meaning of this title is (one who stands in the place of God), Vicar of the Son of God. We know from the scriptures that we are priest unto God, and have no need for any man of earth to stand between us and God. (See Rev. 1:6, 5:10). Therefore, this is a blasphemous title that the Pope has taken to himself. We will print, (following these remarks), this title, worked out in Roman numerals. In Latin the U has the same equivalent as the V, which makes it work out perfectly to the number of man according to Rev. 13:18. As you add these columns together you get the number 666.



There has never been a religion on the face of this earth that could fit any more perfectly Dan. 7:25 than the Catholic church, for they truly have changed many things already and will climax it all in the last half of that week of Daniel, especially by the time the mark of the beast becomes law.


We stated earlier in the message that many of the things that we are looking at in this book are actually stacked up one on top of the other, and since we can only look at one thing at a time it requires us to try and hold a place open to go back and fit in another thought as we move back and forth through the different chapters. For instance, let us look for a moment at some of the different chapters that in their fulfillment one part will fall in the first half of the week while the other part will be covering events of the last half. In chapter 7:1-8 belong to the first half, while 9-17 belong in the last half of the week. In chapter 8 the middle of the week is marked between verses 11-12. Chapter 11, the middle of the week hits between verses 6-7. In chapter 12, the 6th verse picks up in the middle of the week. Therefore, you must try to keep in mind the fact that much of what we are speaking about is all taking place at the same time. The fourth trumpet sounded, (ch. 8:12), about the time the two prophets were killed, ch. 11:7. At that time the fifth trumpet sounded (ch. 9:1), and hell was turned loose on earth. The great persecution of Israel began at this same time, (ch. 12:13), which shows us the book must be rightly divided.

You recall, when we looked at chapter 7:1-3, we saw four angels standing on the four corners of the earth. First let me say this, these angels are not spread out to the four corners of the earth as some might think or believe, but contrary to the opinions of some, the four corners of the earth as referred to here is merely a spot there in the middle east where all directions begin. The ancient maps declare it to be so. This is the spot where all attention is focused at the time of this message. Geographically it is the center of the earth. This is where world conflict began, and this is where it will end up.

These four angels were holding the four winds of the earth to keep them from blowing until after the servants of God were sealed in their foreheads. We called your attention to the fact that these were winds of world conflict, which, if turned loose, would set the stage for the battle of Armageddon. We must thing of them as holding back spirits that when turned loose will get on world leaders and lead them to this middle east setting where they are gathered to the battle of the great day of God Almighty. Daniel saw in his vision, (Dan. 7:2-3), four great winds striving upon the sea, (sea represents the mass of people) and four beasts rising up from the sea. There is no doubt that the angels which controlled those winds are the same ones seen in Rev. 7:1-3, and if that be true then the four angels of Rev. 9:14-15 which are bound in the great river Euphrates are still the same ones. We are not to think of these angels as being tied up with the chains beneath the river, but rather, that they were set there in that middle east location with instructions as to when to let these winds blow. Therefore, when the sixth trumpet angel sounded, and the voice from the four horns of the golden altar which is before God was heard to say, “loose the four angels who are bound in the great river Euphrates,” it was actually just announcing the time for them to carry out their instructions, and do what they had been prepared to do. Do not think of them as being tied hand and foot struggling to get loose all that time. This is just a term used to show that they must wait till their appointed time. God’s angelic helpers always wait for their instructions. That is why the plan of God is always right on time. If it was left up to man, everything pertaining to the fulfilling of prophecy would be far ahead of its time, for man is impatient when it comes to waiting upon God.


You notice of course that we have returned to the ninth chapter, verses 13-21 which we place in order of fulfillment after chapter 12. We left chapter 9 after discussing verses 1-12 which is hell being turned loose on earth, constituting the first woe, and went to the second and third woes which covered ch. 11:7-14, ch. 13:1-18, ch. 12:1-17, all of which is set in motion at the same time in the middle of the week. The sixth trumpet does not announce one of the particular woes as we observed the fifth doing. Instead, it announces a time for the four angels to be loosed, which were bound at the Euphrates, holding back the four winds. It is now time for them to go forth for a specific purpose. That purpose is to prepare an army for the battle of Armageddon. The number of the horsemen that were being prepared was 200 million men (verse 16). This preparation for such a battle can not be accomplished over night. It will take months after these spirits are turned loose on world leaders before they can actually be gathered together in one place for such a battle. The sixth trumpet is sounded immediately after the sounding of the fifth trumpet which turns hell loose on earth. Therefore, while God as well as the anti-christ is giving mankind hell on earth, these spiritual forces are going into all the earth stirring up strife, especially among the two camps of communism. The yellow skinned communist from the far east will be stirred up to a point by the time that week of Daniel, is progressing toward the end, that they will be there right on time to come against the western European forces which will be headed up by the anti-christ. The scriptures refer to the orientals as the kings of the east which we will see when we come to the 16th chapter. This great battle is between these two Godless camps of communism, with Israel caught right in the middle of it all. When the Lord Jesus comes from heaven with his army, he finishes it up and invites the fowls of the heavens to come and feast upon the flesh of kings, and captains, and mighty men of the earth as well as the horses that they sat upon. This will be the last land war ever to be fought with weapons of mankind. As I said before, this will be the war that will end all wars. After it is all over the stage will be set for the beginning of the one thousand year reign of Christ on earth with his bride.


We come next to the 14th chapter where we will consider verses 1-13, where we see the Lamb standing on Mount Zion with an hundred forty and four thousand, having the name of the Lamb’s Father written in their foreheads. The name of the Lamb’s Father was none other than the name Jesus, for the scriptures declare that he came in his father’s name (John 5:43). The fact that they had his Father’s name written in their foreheads lets us known that they had received a revelation of who Jesus is, the one that their forefathers crucified 2,000 years before. Now they have this spirit inside of them. This is why the 4th verse declares that they follow the Lamb wherever he goes. It does not mean that there is a literal lamb walking around with 144,000 men following along behind him. No! It simply is a pictorial view of the 144,000 servants of God who were sealed by the ministry of the two prophets in the first half of the week, now being led by that spirit of Christ that is dwelling within them. They were sealed by the spirit of God in the first half of the week, and fully instructed by the two prophets. Now they are over in the second half of the week and they are not all walking around together as the carnal mind might read it here, for by this time they will have scattered and returned to the nations from which they came. They had a purpose to fulfill. Verse 4 says, these are they who were not defiled with women; for they are virgins, meaning that they have not become entangled with denominational sects, or maybe a better way to express it would be to say that they are completely free from all of the teachings of apostate religion. In their mouth was found no guile. You might ask, just what is the purpose that they are to fulfill? Notice verse 6, an angel flying through the midst of heaven having the everlasting gospel to preach to every nation, and kindred, and tongue, and people. Now keep in mind, God never uses a flying angelic being to preach for him. He always lays the responsibility upon men, and that is what these servants will be doing as they disperse back to the nations. They will not be preaching a salvation message of the type that we have known, but their message will be a warning to the spiritual minded Jews scattered throughout the world along with the foolish virgins who were left behind when the bride was taken up. Verses 7-10 show us what their message will be (called the everlasting gospel), as they go back to the nations. Fear God, give glory to him, for the hour of his judgment has come. Worship him who made heaven and earth and the sea, and all things. They pronounce doom on spiritual Babylon because she made all nations drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication. They warn people not to partake of the deeds of the beast, for it any man worship the beast and his image, and receive his mark in his forehead or in his hand, the same shall drink of the wine of the wrath of God.

The preaching of this 144,000 will be sufficient warning to the Jews and the Gentiles foolish virgins to awaken them to the truth of their hour, thereby, enabling them to recognize the mark and refuse it. This will cause them to be put to death for refusing to cooperate with the system, but it will seal the spirit of eternal life on their part. These are the ones that John saw over in the 7th chapter 9-17, the great multitude which no man could number of all nations, kindred, peoples, and tongues, standing before the throne giving glory to God. Notice the description of them matches the description of the ones to whom the everlasting gospel was to be preached, (ch. 14:6). These men will not need an interpreter to help them do the preaching for they will be going back to the various places that they came from.

Bro. Branham said that when the 144,000 are sealed, they will evangelize the world. That doesn’t mean that they will get great revivals started. It just means that they will be telling the world that the bride is gone, and they will be condemning Catholicism, Atheism, and apostasy everywhere they go. This carries right on into the 18th chapter where we will go next to follow the ministry of this 144,000.


It is very common teaching among world churches that Rev. 12, represents the true church, while Rev. 17 represents the false church. Now brothers and sisters, let me say this to you. I fully agree that the 17th chapter represents the false church, but I would like to go back to the 12th chapter for just a little while before going on to the 17th and 18th, and try to show you why the woman in the twelfth chapter cannot be the true church.

To those who would want to dwell much on the man child, (12:5), that is to rule all nations with a rod of iron, let them go to chapter 19:15, for a two fold witness of who the man child is. When you know who the man child is, you will know who the woman is. You cannot take chapter 2:26-27, which is speaking of the overcomers that will rule with a rod of iron along with Christ, and make those overcomers the manchild, and at the same time have the overcomers to be the woman that produced the man child. That is plain nonsense. God is not the author of such confusion. Keep the woman of verse 1, in her place, as the nation of Israel, and the man child in verse 5, as Jesus, like it should be, and you will have no trouble getting the scriptures to dovetail.

I do not feel that it is necessary at this time to speak much on the fact of the rapture in the beginning of the week of Daniel. It is agreed upon by those who study the word of God with the proper attitude, that the bride, (the true church), will not be here to go through the great tribulation. Yet many of these same people forget this fact when they get to the 12th chapter where they see the woman clothed with the sun. They have become so used to applying the term woman to the church, that they fail to notice the 6th verse, where the woman who brought forth the man child is seen fleeing into the wilderness for a period of three and one half years, which is the same time that the anti-christ is persecuting the Jews. Please notice also, the 13th and 14th verses, which further explain and clarify just who the woman is. I realize that we have already studied the 12th chapter, but I feel that there are some who will benefit by a further clarification of this woman. To those of you who might still believe that the woman is the bride of Christ, let me ask you, how could she, (the bride church), be in heaven with Jesus (the bridegroom), and still be here during the time of the great tribulation, to flee into a hiding place for 3 1/2 years from the face of the serpent. Verse 17 shows us that the dragon was angry with the woman and went to make war with the remnant of her seed, who keep the commandments of God, and have the testimony of Jesus Christ. The Jews will be the only people left here on earth after the rapture of the bride, that will keep the commandments of God. Jesus said, in John 14:15, 21, “If ye love me, keep my commandments.” Those who love him, and keep his commandments will be caught up in the rapture according to Paul’s revelation, 1 Thess. 4:13-17. Therefore, brothers and sisters, I just ask you to study the book carefully and trust the Holy Ghost to reveal the truth to you. With these comments as a starting point, you will have no trouble identifying the woman in chapter 12.


Since we are discussing these chapters in the order of their fulfillment, I would like to go now to the 18th chapter where we will see this 144,000 Jewish servants condemning spiritual Babylon, and pronouncing her doom. Actually the seventeenth and eighteenth chapters go together. The 18th chapter pronounces judgment upon spiritual Babylon, while the 17th chapter identifies her and shows her destruction. These two chapters show how God looks upon the Roman Catholic church. Both chapters speak of judgment. Now it is not a picture of two different judgments on two different systems, but it presents a dual Picture of how God looks upon this harlot system, and what the end will be when time runs out. The judgment will fall upon that system as the week closes out.


The bible says, “Through the mouth of two or three witnesses, let every word of the Lord be established.” These two chapters present a two fold witness of these things. Now, chapter 17, portrays her as a woman, and if she is a woman, then the image is used to portray the relationship that she had with her associates. What kind of relationship, (legal or illegal?) You will notice that chapter 18 portrays her as a city, why a city? Biblically, cities in ancient times served three purposes, the center of trade, center of communication, and the center of refuge. Therefore, God is showing here in the 18th chapter the commercial ties of mystery Babylon with the monetary systems of the world; how she controls it all. From the salvational standpoint, poor unsuspecting souls have been led to believe that they can find spiritual security in her creeds and rituals. That is why it is so hard to convince a Catholic person that such a system is wrong,. Therefore, Catholicism is looked upon as a city, (spiritually speaking), from the standpoint that human souls, as they realize that because of their sinful nature they need to take refuge in some kind of religious structure, they have fled to Catholicism. It makes it easy; her gates are broad and wide, (Matt. 7:13). It matters not whether it is trade, communications, or refuge, sooner or later it all finds its way back to its headquarters in Rome. Now, Rome in itself is not Mystery Babylon, but Rome as an ancient city has been the seat of the spirit from which these isms originated. This is seen in the 16th chapter, and we will look at it there later, but now let us look at the identifying verses between chapters 17 and 18. One of the seven angels who had the vials came and talked with John, saying, “Come here; I will show you the judgment of the great whore that sitteth upon many waters; with whom the KINGS OF THE EARTH have committed fornication, and the inhabitants of the earth have been made drunk with the wine of her fornication,”(17:1-2). Now look at the first three verses of chapter 18. You will notice there, an angel crying mightily with a strong voice, saying, “Babylon the great is fallen, is fallen, and is become the habitation of devils, and the hold of every foul spirit, and a cage of every unclean and hateful bird. For all nations have drunk of the wine of the wrath of her fornication, and the KINGS OF THE EARTH have committed fornication with her, and the merchants of the earth are grown rich through the abundance of her delicacies.” Can you begin to see how 17:2, and 18:3 identify the whore and the city as being the same? Look at chapter 17:4-5 and “the woman was arrayed in purple and scarlet color, and decked with gold and precious stones and pearls, having a golden cup in her hand, full of abominations and filthiness of her fornication; and upon her forehead was a name written, MYSTERY BABYLON THE GREAT, THE MOTHER OF HARLOTS AND ABOMINATIONS OF THE EARTH.” Now verse 5 tells us who the woman is, but lets look at verse 16 of the 18th chapter to see the same description given of the city that was given of the woman in 17:4, clothed in purple and scarlet color, decked with gold and precious stones, and pearls. You see, it’s all speaking of the same thing! Now, notice, back in 17:5, she mothered something into the world. Do you know what that something is? It is every protestant denomination on the face of this earth. If you will look far enough you will see that somewhere, somehow, they all have a kindred spirit. That is why we are seeing the formation of the ecumenical council of churches. It is moving over the earth, blending Protestantism and Catholicism back together, (healing the wounded head. Rev. 13:3). Look at chapter 17:6, the woman was drunk with the blood of the martyrs of Jesus. Now go to chapter 18:24, and read, “In her was found the blood of prophets, and of saints, and of all that were slain upon the earth.” One is a woman, and the other is a city, but is there any doubt that they are both the same?

There are three things that stand out in the 18th chapter. “The nations are drunk with her teachings, the kings have committed fornication with her, and the merchants of the earth have waxed rich through the abundance of her delicacies.” The merchants refer to the business and financial institutions. Through the ages of time, Catholicism has bled her people of every cent that she possibly could, then turned right around and invested in every form of financial institution that there is. That is why she is able to pull the strings on politics. She controls a major part of the stocks and bonds of the ma or businesses through her citizenry. Therefore, who can tell her what to do? The angel told John though, “Come, and I will show you her judgment.” In other words, time is running out. God is going to let something tear the woman to pieces, or as it says in verse 16 of chapter 17, “They, (the ten horns, which we have identified in chapter 13), will hate the whore, and make her desolate and naked, and shall eat her flesh and burn her with fire.”

the beast shall hate the whore and devour herRemember, now, Rome itself is not mystery Babylon; it is just the seat or headquarters of it all. Rome does not sit upon many waters, nor could we say that the kings of the earth have committed fornication with Rome. However, we will say that the kings of the earth have committed fornication with Catholicism, which also is called the mother of harlots, (Protestant religions). God will judge everything that has been identified with her. That system always gets in with the kings and political leaders to spread her teachings, and pull strings for her political maneuverings. That is her fornication tactics. She builds schools and hospitals so that she appears to be a genuine humane institution, but it is all planned in such a fashion, that she is able to control the souls of those who are identified with her.

Many of these modernists have the idea that the anti-christ is coming out of Russia, or some other far fetched idea, but he will come out of Rome where the Catholic cardinal group still hold to that purple and scarlet color.


In chapter 17 John saw the woman riding or sitting upon a beast which had seven heads and ten horns. The heads were full of blasphemy. (Not the horns, the heads.) The horns each had a crown. That is typical of the ten nations of Europe, which are all tied to Rome through some kind of an agreement. The crowns on these horns show that they represent something or someone that has authority to rule over something. These are kings, (chapter 17:12), which receive power as kings one hour with the beast. This is referring to that hour of tribulation during the week of Daniel. Keep in mind now, it is not blasphemy to be called a king. This blasphemous title belongs to whoever sets himself up in the seat of the old caesars who claimed to be, SOVEREIGN IMPERIAL UNIVERSAL RULERS, claiming that their office was established by the gods. This is where the Pope comes in. When the old Roman form of imperial government became so weak that the devil no longer could work through that, to control the subjects, he just left the old caesars throne and jumped over to the papal throne and began to elevate that position. The papal throne, (church government) became the 8th head which was blended in with the 7th head. It did not put 8 heads on the beast. It only united church and state. The 8th head on the beast,(which is of the 7th, verse 11), is also the little horn that Daniel saw exalting itself. Daniel did not say that the beast had eleven horns. What then is that eleventh horn? It is papal power, it is Power not attributed to the government of a nation. Papal power is not Roman government, it is church government. The Pope doesn’t even claim to be the ruler of Italy. He does claim, (especially those in the dark ages), that blasphemous title that was held by the old caesars, so that he is looked upon as the universal ruler of mans soul, and of his secular, and material way of life. Therefore, there never was 8 heads put on the beast. The 8th head is only symbolic of church government rising up to take the preeminence over the last form of old Roman imperial government. Realizing then that chapters 17 and 18 are describing the Catholic church riding upon the 10 major powers of Europe, let us look at verses 14, 16, and 17. Verse 14 show that these ten horns will make war with the Lamb, and the Lamb will overcome them. This will take place at the end of the week of Daniel. The events of verses 16 and 17 will take place first though. Verse 17 states that God puts it in the hearts of these ten to agree and give their kingdom unto the beast, until the words of God shall be fulfilled. Then as the week comes close to its end, communism has managed to work its way into the ten horned nations so that verse 16 can have its fulfillment. The ten horns hate the whore, and make her desolate and naked, and eat her flesh and burn her with fire. This is a picture of the ruthlessness of communism against religion. When communism comes in, religion goes out. The two are not compatible. Communism is anti-God. This is not to be thought of as Russian or Chinese communist destroying the whore. This is a new breed of communism that has come up in western Europe by this time. It will come in on the wings of socialism.

After verses 16 and 17 have their fulfillment, then these will make war with the Lamb, but they will only do so out of necessity. When heaven breaks open, and Jesus with his army of saints descend upon this ungodly mess, they will have no other choice but to fight. It will not do them any good though, for the Lamb will overcome them. He will fight them with the sword of his mouth. It will not be hand to hand combat. He will speak the word and it will all be over. That is why I said, “Jesus will destroy communism after communism destroys Catholicism.” They will make war with him, but it will not be a result of months of planning. It will be a sudden thing. When Jesus speaks, the earth will start shaking, and the mountains start sliding into the sea, causing the island to disappear; this will be the end of communism.

Just for a moment now, let us put this in present day language. You recall Cuba; how that it had always been under Catholicism until Castro took over in June 1958? When he took over and set up a communist form of government, he deported over 60 priests who he knew would be detrimental to his rule. Up until this time the Catholic church had been getting several hundred thousand dollars a year from the Cuban government. When Castro went in, that support stopped. We do not hear of the Catholic church having any political power whatsoever in Cuba today. This is just a meager example of what will take place in Europe once that hour arrives.

Sure those communistic politicians will have worn the mark of beast, but don’t forget, to them that mark is only for a financial advantage. When that week has run its course, they will kill every Catholic priest, bishop, layman, and nun, that they can get their hands on. They will have stripped the Catholic church of all her power. That is why she is pictured as being destroyed. Catholicism will be destroyed by communism, fulfilling Rev. 17:16, and communism will be destroyed by the Lord Jesus Christ and his army of saints seen coming to earth from heaven on white horses in Rev. 19.


As we looked into the first 13 verses of chapter 14, we saw the 144,000 Jews which were sealed by the ministry of the two prophets in the first half of the week, over in the last half of the week preaching the everlasting gospel to all people throughout the earth. This, as we said earlier will be a message that will warn people not to bow down to that beast system in that hour. That ministry will be greatly responsible for the group of tribulation saints that will be martyred during the last half of the week. They are the saints that verses 12-13 of chapter 14 are speaking of. Notice what it says. Here is the patience of the saints; here are they that keep the commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus. Have you noticed how many times these two categories are identified throughout the book? Under the 5th seal we saw only one group identified. This is the group that was slain for the word of God and the testimony which they held. This identity always points to the Jews, for they do not have the testimony of Jesus Christ as the foolish virgins do. Therefore, the dual identity which we notice in all of the other places plainly speak of the two groups which are gathered together and referred to as tribulation saints. John heard a voice, saying to him, “Write, Blessed are the dead who die in the Lord from henceforth. Yea, saith the Spirit, that they may rest from their labors, and their works do follow them.” That verse will only be a reality for that particular group that is martyred in the great tribulation. Notice, now, as we go into chapter 15 what John saw. He saw another sign great and marvelous, seven angels having the seven last plagues; for in them is filled up the wrath of God. There stood those angels ready to pour out those vials of the wrath of God which we will see in the 16th chapter. John speaking in verse 2, “And I saw, as it were, a sea of glass mingled with fire.” You know how glass is made. It is made through a process of putting sand in hot flames of fire. This is typifying the faith of the ones who are seen standing on it, because they have stood upon their faith, even unto death, while it was tried in the hot fires of the great tribulation. Those seen standing upon the sea of glass, mingled with fire, are identified, as those who had gotten the victory over the beast, and over his image, and over his mark, and over the number of his name, having the harps of God. Now, look at verse 3, they sang the song of Moses, the servant of God, and the song of the Lamb, saying, “Great and marvelous are thy works, Lord God Almighty; just and true are thy ways, thou King of saints.” You see, there in the words of the songs they were singing is that identity again. Only a Jew can sing the song of Moses, the servant of God, and Gentiles have been singing the song of the Lamb for almost two thousand years now. They will be singing about him when they are dying for their faith in that tribulation hour. Notice, (Thou King of saints), they already see him as King. Remember in chapter 12:11 we read they overcame him by the flood of the Lamb, (Gentile foolish virgins), and by the word of their testimony, (this would be the Jews). Here, John is getting a, vision of their spirits, standing before the throne of God, on the sea of glass which typifies the faith which they were standing upon when they were killed. As we begin to get a picture our minds of all these events, we have no trouble understanding why it will be necessary for the woman, (Israel, in the twelfth chapter), to flee into the wilderness where she will hide from the beast. Otherwise, the Jews would be completely liquidated, and there would be no seed left alive of that genetic line to reproduce that nation in the millennium. God Preserves this group though, and this is why John could see her clothed with the sun, and the moon under her feet. She was pictured in her millennial glory with her King on his throne, and the moon under her feet which symbolized the law age being in the Past. The law age was by this time beneath her, for she had finally attained that which her prophets had spoken of so long ago. This will be the fulfilling of Zechariah 14, where the remnant of the People from all the nations that come against Israel will go to Jerusalem once each year to worship the Lord Of Hosts, and to keep the feast of Tabernacles. The law shall go forth from Jerusalem and all nations shall flow unto it.


By the time the events of chapter 15 are in motion, it will be time for the remainder of chapter 14 to come back into the Picture. Verse 14, and I looked and behold, a white cloud and upon the cloud one sat, like unto the Son of man, having on his head a golden crown, and in his hand a sharp sickle. You recall, when he was sitting on the mercy seat, he did not have a golden crown upon his head. At that time, he was portrayed as having white hair. Then, when he was seen in chapter 10, with the little scroll open in his hand, and crying with a loud voice, with those thunders issuing forth, he still did not have a golden crown. This time he was identified by his voice. He sounded like a lion roaring. (The Lion of the tribe of Judah.)

Now, when he is seen on the white cloud, tribulation is coming to a close. Time is running out on earth. This marriage is over, and he is now King of kings and Lord of lords. He has his wife, and he has his crown. He is seen here in angelic form. This is to portray the authority that he has over all of the spiritual forces of Armageddon. It has all just about run its course by this time. In the 15th verse, an angel is heard calling out to him, “Thrust in thy sickle, and reap; for the time is come for thee to reap; for the harvest of the earth is ripe.” In this 15th verse, the word ripe means rotten. The world is rotten, and a stench in the nostrils of God by this time. The term used in verse 18 verifies this. This angel said to him who sat upon the white cloud, thrust in thy sickle and reap, for the clusters of the earth are fully ripe. The earth is red with the blood of martyrs. The time allotted to the anti-christ has just about run out, and Jesus is invested with the authority to set these spiritual form loose, by the thrusting in of his sharp sickle. Verse 16, “And he that sat on the cloud thrust in his sickle on the earth, and the earth was reaped.” Armageddon is having its effect. Notice, verse 19, the angel thrust in his sickle into the earth and gathered the vine of the earth, and cast it into the great wine press of the wrath of God. (Where is the winepress?) It is the valley of Megiddo. Verse 20, “And the winepress was trodden without the city.” (Certainly it will be without the city), for the battle of Armageddon will not be fought at Jerusalem. “Blood came out of the winepress, even unto the horses bridles.” What a time that will be! You can see that it is just about all over with. Therefore, we can now return to chapter 6, verse 12, and pick up the opening of the sixth seal. When the sixth seal is opened, there is a great earthquake, the sun becomes black, and the moon becomes like blood; the stars of heaven fall to the earth, and the heaven departs as a scroll when it is rolled together. You see God’s wrath being turned loose? Here is where the mountains will shake loose and slide into the sea. This will cause the islands to be covered up, or as it says, they were moved out of their places. Verse 15, “And the kings of the earth, and the great men, and the rich men, and the chief captains, and the mighty men, and every bondman, and every free man hid themselves in the dens and in the rocks of the mountains, and said to the mountains and rocks, fall on us, and hide us from the face of him that sitteth on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb; for the great day of his wrath is come, and who shall be able to stand?” (From the wrath of the Lamb), he will not be in the role of a lamb at this time, but this is his identity, and it lets us know that Jesus Christ, who was the lamb that was slain and offered up to God for the sins of the whole world, is not executing the wrath of God on earth. By now, you should begin to see that the sixth seal is actually the wrath of God being poured out upon a godless society after the word of God has been fulfilled concerning the week of Daniel.


You will see, as we go into it, that chapter 16 is a blow by blow description of the wrath of God being poured out, but first let us look back at chapter 11: 15-19 for it is the seventh trumpet angel that announces the end, by saying, “The kingdoms of this world is become the kingdom of our Lord and of his Christ, and he shall reign forever and ever.” He is the one that announces the wrath of God. Notice verse 18, “and the nations were angry and thy wrath is come, and the time of the dead, that they should be judged, and that thou shouldest give reward to thy servants, the prophets, and to the saints, and to them that fear thy name, small and great, and shouldest destroy them who destroy the earth.” If you have followed these seven trumpet angels through the 8th, 9th, and l1th chapters, you will have noticed that they announced the major events through the week of Daniel. In chapter 8 the first three angels announced the plagues that were associated with the ministry of the two prophets. Then in verse 12, we see the fourth angel announcing the middle of the week, where the two prophets are killed, and the persecution of the Jews begins. In chapter 9:1, the fifth angel announces hell being turned loose on earth. The bottomless pit is opened, and all the demons were loosed upon the face of the earth to torment men. The sixth angel sounds in the 13th verse. This turns loose the four angels who were holding back the forces of Armageddon. They were seen in chapter 7, holding back the four winds. Now they turn these winds of world conflict loose, and they blow up the events that sets the stage for Armageddon. By the time this 7th angel blows his trumpet, the battle of Armageddon has been raging already through the last months of the week of Daniel. Therefore, Jesus is not coming to earth to fight the battle of Armageddon. He will put an end to it when he comes with his army of saints from heaven.


Remember, now, it is God himself who is the time keeper of all these events. He does not have some man standing somewhere with a huge calendar marking off the days for him. He was the one who was keeping time when Christ was cut off at the end of the 69 weeks, and he will know when the last week of Daniel is ready to be brought to a close.

As we go into the 16th chapter let me say once again, these are the last of God’s divine dealings against unregenerate humanity and the devil’s system that has been allowed to run its course and reach its peak. In these portions of the book that we are dealing with now, you will notice that they really do stack one on top of the other. The sixth seal of chapter 6, and the seventh trumpet angel of chapter 11, and the seventh vial angel of chapter 16, all deal with the same thing. All three chapters deal with the WRATH of God, which is only poured out at the end of the week. You will see also the 17th and 18th chapters brought in with chapter 16 when we get to the portion that deals with judgment of the great whore, and of Mystery Babylon. The 19th chapter falls right in with chapter 16, in the last part of the chapter where He, (Jesus) is seen coming from heaven with his army on white horses to make war, and smite the nations with the sword of his mouth in judgment. He is seen in the 19th chapter treading the winepress of the fierceness and wrath of God. Throughout the last half of the week of Daniel, which we can call the time of Jacobs trouble, God has been allowing conditions to build up, which to him is just about like a huge brush pile. It is fit for nothing but to be burned, and that is exactly what God is getting ready to do, (burn it). Notice verses 8 & 9, the fourth angel poured out his vial upon the sun, and men were scorched with great heat, so that they blasphemed the name of God, who had power over these plagues, but they did not repent to give him glory. A vial is a pitcher, (a container for liquid). Of course this is all symbolic, but what better way could it be described? God instructed these angels to step forth and pour out their vials, (these 7 vials of wrath) – It is just like pouring gasoline on that brush pile, and striking a match to it. When these angels get through everything will have been judged of all that corrupt system.


In verse 18, we read, “and there were voices, and thunders, and lightnings; and there was a great earthquake such as was not since men were upon the earth, so mighty an earthquake and so great.” This earthquake is under the judgment of the 7th vial, but lets look back to chapter 6 to get the parallel of these two chapters. Under the sixth seal there is a great earthquake, and the heaven departed as a scroll… What for? To reveal the coming of Jesus. This is in perfect harmony with Matthew 24:29-30 where it says, “immediately after the tribulation of those days shall the sun be darkened, and the moon shall not give it’s light, and the stars shall fall from heaven, and the powers of the heavens shall be shaken.” Doesn’t that sound just like the sixth seal of chapter 6? Notice, 24:30, “and then shall appear the sign of the Son of man in heaven; and then shall all the tribes of the earth mourn, and they shall see the Son of man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory.” You see! It is all speaking of the same hour of time. We can easily see by looking at all of these scriptures together, that the sixth seal is the end of man’s rule on earth. Six is man’s number. The sixth seal hangs right over the 16th chapter, and the events of these chapters will lead you right to the 19th chapter where John saw the heaven opened and Jesus with his head crowned, and his eyes like a flame of fire, coming to smite the nations. These things are all taking place at the same time. They are not separate accounts of different happenings. As these angels are pouring out their vials upon the earth, no man can see this happening. This is all taking place in the spirit world. You cannot see them being poured out, but if you should be one of those who are left here till that time, you will sure see the effects of them. All of the celestial bodies will be disturbed by these angels of God’s wrath. The stars fall, the sun turns black, the moon turns to blood, and the mountains and islands disappear. Men will be plagued with grievous sores, and their drinking water will be turned to blood, as in the days when Moses stood before Pharaoh. You talk about vengeance. This will be a time of God taking vengeance on all who have worshipped the beast, and his image. It will be the time that the apostle Paul was describing in 2 Thess. 1:5-10, where he was speaking of the day that Jesus comes to be glorified in his saints, and how he would take vengeance on them that know not God. In that hour men will be worse than animals.

God is just. He will not let this thing fall on innocent people. He will know right where to direct these plagues, so that they will fall on the right people. As we said before, by the time this last vial is finished, it will have completed the sixth seal, the seventh trumpet, and the seventh vial.

Try to catch my thought now. When I say that these events are all transpiring at the same time, I am referring to the events of the various chapters that we are discussing at this time. I do not mean to say that all of these vials are poured out at the same time. .These are a series of plagues that come one right after the other over a period of time in the last months of the week of Daniel. Neither would I have you think that I believe all of the waters of the world will be turned to blood. This type of thing will be kept primarily in the middle east setting, in the territory of the prophetic world. God would not destroy all of marine life throughout the whole world. You may have noticed in chapter 8 during the time of the ministry of the two prophets, only one third part of the waters, trees grass, ships and creatures were affected. Even this is limited to the prophetic world. The judgments affected only one third part of that area, but the wrath is a total thing. It is not limited to one third part.

You will notice also that when the fourth vial was poured out, men were scorched with the sun, this lets us see that the sun has not yet turned black, but it will, under the seventh vial of wrath when the end has finally come. Each vial sets forth a tormenting condition. Notice the 5th vial is poured out upon the seat, (or throne), of the beast. The beast must be looked upon as the combined unification of the world systems, but the seat has to be the position or place of authority that governs, or rules the life of that beast. “And his kingdom was full of darkness” . . . In other words, full of the devil, no spiritual reality. There was nothing about it that God could condone.


The seat of authority could be no other place but Rome. This beast system has been in authority thru this week of Daniel, with the Pope, (who is the anti-christ), sitting at the head of it. In the middle of the week he moves into the temple at Jerusalem but his real identity is still Rome. By the time this fifth vial is poured out, the beast will have just about run its course. Those communist politicians who have gone along with that beast for that hour of time will become very uneasy. By this time they will have seen the blood bath by the beast. They will have had opportunity by this time to see the failures of the Russian brand of communism. Therefore, they will begin to make their move to destroy the religious element of the beast. This is where chapter 17:16 is fulfilled. You must keep in mind the fact that the same element of the citizenry that make up the great whore, are basically the same citizens that make up the beast that she rides upon. It will be the political heads of these people, (the ten horns), that hate the whore, (the religious element), and make their move to cause communism to destroy everything that goes under the name of religion. When this European brand of communism has destroyed religion, they will feel like they have a super brand of communism all of their own, but the Orientals will not let them enjoy it for long. Notice where the sixth vial is poured out, (upon the great river Euphrates). Look back to the sixth trumpet angel in chapter 9:13-17, where the four angels which were bound in the Euphrates were loosed to go forth and gather the armies for Armageddon. You noticed these angels were bound in the Euphrates, but they were loosed after the middle of the week had arrived. They were prepared for an hour, and a day, and a month, and a year, to slay the third part of men. When they were loosed, they began to prepare the military setting for Armageddon.frogs from the mouth of the dragon Now, look back to chapter 16:12, the sixth vial is poured upon the Euphrates, and its waters are dried up, preparing the way for the kings of the East. I say, when this sixth vial is poured out, the Orientals are already in uniform ready to move toward the valley of Megiddo. Verse 13, and I saw three unclean spirits, like frogs, come out of the mouth of the dragon, (that is the devil), and out of the mouth of the beast, (the world system), and out of the mouth of the false prophet, (the anti-christ). These are demon spirits which go into all the earth working miracles, (not supernatural miracles), political miracles. During most of the week of Daniel these demons were more or less confined to the activity of the beast in the setting of the prophetic world, but now they will go forth to the kings of the earth, (the whole world), to stir up strife and gather them together for the battle of that great day of God Almighty. If you will read these verses right, you will see that Jesus has the authority to loose spirits which will gather these armies together for the purpose of fulfilling the word of God. Verse 15, goes right along with chapter 19:11-19, where it all builds up to the climax. We can now see that the stage is set for the climax of it all. That earthquake of the sixth seal is the same one that we see here in the 7th vial. Somewhere on this earth that quake will have its center. When it goes off it will rock this whole planet. That is when the sun will become black, and the heavens will depart as a scroll when it is rolled together. This is the time that Jesus and his army of saints will be making their literal descent to the earth as seen in chapter 19:11-16. Look back now to the seventh trumpet in chapter 11:15-19, and you will see that it lays right here also. You will see in verse 18 of the 11th chapter that there is to be another phase of the first resurrection when he comes. The bride has already been resurrected. She will be coming back with Jesus. Then as soon as he is finished dealing with this beast system, there will be another group resurrected. It will be those tribulation saints that you see in chapter 20:4. Now let’s read this 18th verse. “And the nations were angry, and thy wrath is come, and the time of the dead, that they should be judged, and that thou shouldest give reward unto thy servants, the prophets, and to the saints, and to them that fear thy name, small and great, and shouldest destroy them who destroy the earth.” You see what that verse holds; he is coming to destroy something, and to give reward to someone. What does the bible say about his reward? you win find it in chapter 22:12, “and behold, I come quickly, and my reward is with me, to give every man according as his work shall be.” You will see that each believing saint of every age receives a reward. Not the gift of eternal life, they have that already. It. will be a reward for what each one has done in service, in that realm of having eternal life. Every person will receive his just reward.

We have now concluded the rearranged portion of the book, and that brings us to the 19th chapter. We have covered most of it already in our examination of the other chapters. This chapter explains in greater detail what actually takes place when the sixth seal is fulfilled. In verse 20, we see the beast and the false prophet both cast alive into a lake of fire burning with brimstone. Verse 21, the rest of them were slain with the sword of his mouth, and the fowls of the air were invited to come and be filled with the flesh of these. This is done by the one who sat upon the white horse, the one who was called Faithful and True, called also the Word of God. This is Jesus, who is now King of kings, and Lord of lords, and his bride is with him.


Now, just for a few minutes, let’s try and get this millennium reign of Christ in its proper setting. Look at chapter 20, first off, Satan is bound for a thousand years and cast into the bottomless pit. This is the same bottomless pit that was opened when the 5th trumpet judgment angel sounded, and demons were loosed upon earth. Now the devil is put in there to stay until the millennium reign is finished. In other words, there will be no more hell on earth, as there had been in that week of Daniel.

Before going on in the message we will take time to mention all of the scripture in its fulfillment order. Beginning with chapter one, the book is arranged as follows. 1:1-6:11, 8:1, 10:1-11, 11:1-6, 7:1-8, 8:2-13, 7:9-17, 9:1-12, 11:7-14, 13:1-18, 12:1-17, 9:13-21, 14:1-13, 18:1-24, 17:1-18, 15:1-8, 14:14-20, 6:12-17, 11:15-19, 16:1-21, 19:1-22: 21.

We have commented on each portion of the scripture in its rearranged order, hoping that it will help every sincere reader to get a better picture of what is soon to come upon this earth. Jesus will come as a thief in the night to the unprepared casual church-goer, but it ought not to be so with the bride of Christ. She should be so alerted, by a proper understanding of the Word of God, that she will be ready and watching for His return.

The next thing we see in this 20th chapter, verse 4, “I saw thrones,” not throne, but thrones, more than one. It says that judgment was given unto them.

Now, in the amplified translation, it reads like this, “the right to execute and pass sentence,” and we know that according to the teachings of the apostle Paul, the saints shall judge the world. Therefore, the saints will definitely sit on thrones going into the millennium. They will be judging the nations. No books will be opened at this time. This takes you right back to Matt. 19:27-28, also Matt. 25:31-46, where no books are opened. It is just nations of people coming before Him to be judged.

Now, for just a few minutes, let’s identify this group here in verse four. Many have rejected the idea that there is another phase of the first resurrection after the great tribulation is over with, but if there is not then I ask you, where did this group come from? Look at the description of them, “and I saw the souls of them that were beheaded for the witness of Jesus, and for the word of God. ” Now there is your two groups again, (Jews and Gentile foolish virgins). Now look at the rest of the verse, “and who had not worshipped the beast, neither his image, neither had received his mark upon their foreheads, or in their hands, and they lived and reigned with Christ a thousand years.” Now I want you to catch the key here. This was a group that did not worship the beast, nor his image. There never was, and there never will be a time when people were required to worship the image to the beast, except during the great tribulation. Neither will there ever be a time when people are required to wear the mark of the beast except during that time. This is a group that was killed because of their faith in God, a group that would not worship the beast, nor his image, nor take his mark, yet they lived and reigned a thousand years with Christ. So you see, it is absolutely necessary for there to be another resurrection as that week of Daniel comes to a close. Then verse 5 concludes by saying, “This is the first resurrection.” Verse 6 says, “Blessed and holy is he that hath part in the first resurrection; on such the second death hath no power, but they shall be priests of God and of Christ, and shall reign with him a thousand years.” These will be resurrected martyrs who died for their faith. They will have immortal bodies. They will have been judged already. The judgment of the nations that we are going into next will be among the living element of people from all nations that have lived through the week of Daniel without being killed by the beast.


In the prophesy of Joel we find that God will gather all nations into the valley of Jehoshaphat, and will judge them there, because of Israel whom they have scattered. Jehosphaphat is the valley of Kidron, which is the valley that separates the Mount of Olives from the eastern slopes of the gate of Jerusalem, (the eastern gate). Because of Joel’s prophesy, wealthy Jews from all over the world have had their bodies taken back there and buried on the slopes of the Mount of Olives, believing that when the Messiah comes, he will sit at the eastern gate judging the nations and there will be a resurrection. The Moslems, (knowing the Jews sentiment concerning this), have taken the eastern slopes leading to the gate beautiful and formed a cemetery. Naturally their idea is to try and block the whole plan, but we know that they cannot succeed in blocking the plan of God.

Now please try to see, (from these comments), that the valley of Jehosphaphat will definitely be an important geographical position, in which Christ, as King, after having come to earth will position himself, till the millennial subjects have been judged and passed on into that day. Peter asked Jesus, (in Matt. 19), what shall we have, or in other words, what will be our reward? Jesus answered him by saying, when the Son of man shall sit upon the throne of his glory, (meaning the millennial throne), you also who have followed me in the regeneration will sit upon twelve thrones, judging the twelve tribes of Israel. You see: When Jesus sits upon his throne, the apostles will be sitting upon their thrones judging the twelve tribes of Israel. In other words, what I am saying is they will have to be brought out of dispersion and judged with the other nations, in selecting an element of people from each nation to live in the millennium, before there will be anyone there to judge or rule over in this way. When the nations have been judged, and there has been an element of people selected to live and repopulate for a thousand years, then Jesus will sit upon his throne in the temple.


This is where all nations will come to for the purpose of worshiping him, (The Lord of hosts), to fulfill Zech. 14, which also states that they will observe the feast of tabernacles. Verse 16, “And it shall come to pass that everyone that is left of all the nations which came against Jerusalem shall even go up from year to year to worship the King, the Lord of hosts, and to keep the feast of tabernacles.” Zechariah 14 speaks of a day when Jesus will stand with his feet upon the mount of Olives and the mount shall cleave in its midst, one part toward the east, and the other part toward the west. Do you know what will cause the mountain to split apart? It will be that earthquake in the 6th seal, the 7th trumpet, and the 7th vial.


The Mount of Olives has always been associated with Jerusalem. Turn with me now into Ezekiel. First let me say, chapters 40, 41, 42 give a picture of how Jerusalem will expand out over the terrain for the millennium setting. In former days Jerusalem and Bethlehem were separated by about nine miles of land which was nothing more than places for sheep to graze, but ever since the six day war when the Jews took this area of occupied land, they have been building houses till they are almost connected together. Here is what I am saying, in order for Jerusalem to reach its Ezekiel dimensions, it would have to take in Bethlehem and many others of the outlying areas. No, it will not be necessary to remove Bethlehem. Jerusalem will just swallow it up, as in the case many times when a large city extends its limits; it just swallows up the suburbs.


Now as we come to Ezek. 43, we understand that the judgment of the nations is over with, and now it is time for Christ to come to the throne of his glory. In 600 B.C. Ezekiel saw the glory of the Lord leaving the temple. It went out by the east and over the Mount of Olives and ascended. Ezekiel did not see that glory return until this present setting here in chapter 43, where he was taken in a vision to the east gate, and the glory of the God of Israel came from the way of the east, and his voice was as the sound of many waters. You see! That is just the way John heard him when he was on the Isle of Patmos. Yes, Ezekiel saw the glory come from the east, over the Mount of Olives. Remember when Jesus rode into Jerusalem on Palm Sunday, for the purpose of fulfilling scripture? Note, “Behold, thy King cometh unto the meek, and sitting upon an ass, and a colt, the foal of an ass.” When he came to fulfill that scripture, he came over the Mount of Olives by the way of the east, and came into the city by the eastern gate. Forty days after his resurrection he went right back out that same way, (over the Mount of Olives). While standing, talking to his disciples, he ascended the very same way that Ezekiel saw the glory of the Lord leaving in 600 B.C., when it left the temple. There is a beautiful significance connected with the Mount of Olives in this particular relationship. He saw the glory of the Lord come back and fill the house, (the temple), When Jesus comes, he will not have to stand around and wait for the temple to be built. That will all be done in the week of Daniel, after those Jews get that holy spot back. What we are seeing here is the Lord coming into the temple after it has been cleansed, where he said, “Son of man, the place of my throne, and the place of the soles of my feet, where I will dwell in the midst of the children of Israel forever, and my holy name, shall the house of Israel no more defile,” verse 7. Now we know that he will be sitting in the temple, and the millennium reign is started. Therefore, let us look at the 19th verse. “And thou shalt give to the priests, and Levites, who are of the seed of Zadok, who approach unto me, to minister unto me, saith the Lord God, a young bullock for a sin offering.” Now, this is the Messiah talking, and we notice that the Levites are still going to be used. You go ahead and read down thru the 27th verse, and keep in mind the fact that even though many Gentiles are hung up on the idea that Christ is the end of the law, the scriptures cannot contradict themselves. Therefore, we ought to try and understand what this is all about. We know that it is not for a salvational benefit, for the blood of Jesus paid the sin debt for all people who believe.




In the old testament, the sacrifices, and offerings were made, looking forward to the time when the perfect sacrifice would be made. Jesus fulfilled all of the law that pertained in any way to this, when he offered himself as the only sacrifice that could pay man’s sin debt forever. All of the sacrifices that were made prior to his death, just served the purpose of pushing man’s sin debt forward, but now it is paid forever. What then are these sacrifices for over in the millennium? First of all, going into the millennium, the temple and the altar must be cleansed and rededicated because of the desecration by the anti-christ. He had set himself in the temple, fulfilling the scripture concerning, the abomination that maketh desolate, (Daniel 12:11, etc.) After the cleansing and rededicating of the temple and the altar, then shall there be a perpetual offering set up to last throughout the millennium. You notice, they are to offer sacrifices for 7 days, and on the eighth day they will be accepted. That is seven dispensational days, from the time that Adam started it till it reaches through the millennium. On the eighth day he accepts them, the earth is redeemed, the eternal age is in effect. Now to show you why these sacrifices will be made during this time, let me say this, going into the millennium there will be a few mortal subjects from every nation, but as time goes on and children are born into the world, they will not be conscious of sin as we have been. They will see Jesus in his majestic glory as King, and even though they will have the nature to sin, there will be no sin for Satan will be bound for the complete one thousand years. Therefore, as children multiply upon the face of the earth, according to Isaiah 11 and 65, and they go to Jerusalem once each year to worship the Lord of hosts, and keep the feast of tabernacles with their families, they will be made to understand that the sacrifice on the altar is a constant reminder that points backward to a time when Jesus, (their King), was that sacrifice. As these children come into the world, there will be something there that will make that past work of redemption just as important to them as it is to you and I.


When the millennium is over, then will the apostle Paul’s revelation be fulfilled which we find in 1 Cor. the 15th chapter. “For he must reign, till he hath put all enemies under his feet. The last enemy that shall be destroyed is death.” The resurrection of the wicked dead, will clear their dead bodies from the earth, all wicked spirits will receive their reward. The lake of fire will be the final cleansing agent. There will be no more need for hell. This will be the effects of the great white throne judgment. There will be no more need for any kind of sacrifice. For God will accept all of his redeemed creation. This will be the eighth day. The ETERNAL DAY or age. This automatically takes you into Rev. chapters 21 & 22. To finish Paul’s statement in 1 Cor. 15:24 “Then cometh the end, when he shall have delivered up the kingdom to God the Father, (THE GREAT ETERNAL SPIRIT), when he shall have put down all rule and all authority and power.” Who did all of this? THE LORD JESUS CHRIST, THE KING OF KINGS THE LORD OF LORDS, THE FIRST AND THE LAST, AMEN.

Chronology of Revelation, Part 1 – 1977, March


Text-Revelation 1:1-22:21



We can say that this book was the last revelation, prophetic wise, ever given to the church the universal church of the LORD JESUS CHRIST. The last revelation they had ever received up until a few years ago. After this book was written in letter form and sent to the seven churches, it later was recopied and sent to other churches, then later it was added to the chronology of the sacred writings.

This has been a book of puzzles for theological students through the years as they probed its contents. It is very simple as you read the first three chapters to recognize Christ as the high priest. As you read the second and third chapters you find the churches of Asia set in their order by Christ. The Jews have by now been scattered, and God is now moving among the Gentiles predominately. By 96 A.D. these seven churches have been in existence long enough to set a trend that would affect the course of Christianity right to the end of the Gentile age.


Chapters 1-3 are the Lord’s own words as he gets John’s attention. In the first chapter you notice when Jesus got John’s attention, John turned to see one that was clothed in a white robe, and his hair was as white as snow, and his eyes were as flames of fire, his feet like burning brass, and his voice as the sound of many waters, and girt about the paps with a golden girdle which is that emblem of the high priest’s position. This was for the sole purpose of declaring to John in pictorial form that Jesus who ascended on high is none other than the high priest of our profession, as spoken by Paul in HEBREWS 3:1, and He remains to be the high priest for the duration of the grace age. As John heard that voice speaking and looked at him, he could not help but recognize Jesus standing there in the midst of seven golden candle sticks. These seven candle sticks typified the seven churches of Asia. In his right hand were seven stars which were the angels of the seven churches, (the angels being the bishops or overseers). All of this in symbolic form lets us know that in the seven church ages it has been Jesus the high priest all along, and that in each church age, each angel messenger has been in the hand of Jesus and guided by him, that a message might be announced in that respective hour.


Many people say they don’t understand how that anyone could have been saved in the dark ages, since they were not baptized in the name of Jesus Christ, but you must remember that it was Jesus who set this book in motion. Each soul is only required by God to walk in the light that he, (as a mortal being) was permitted to see in his hour. Jesus didn’t change, and God the great ETERNAL SPIRIT does not change. It is man that changes and it is man in his mortal makeup that makes up the church. The church could only reflect what the church as a collective body could see in that hour. So in each respective age, corresponding to one of these churches, those people were required to walk in the light of revealed truth that was predominant in their age, and it has been Jesus all the time. That is why Jesus spoke the seven parables recorded in Matthew 13:1-51. Jesus spoke all of those parables at the same time. He spoke them in the order that they were to be applied. When Jesus, (the high priest) speaking to John, told him to write these things and sent them to the seven churches of Asia, Jesus mentioned the churches in order. John did not choose the order, Jesus did, he’s the high priest of it, John is only the receiver and transmitter. Now understand there were other churches that had been established by the apostle Paul, (who at this time had been dead more than twenty years), but these particular churches were the ones lit off of the revival fires that God (by the HOLY GHOST) had lit there in the city of Ephesus, as recorded in Acts chapters 19-20. Paul on his third missionary journey remained in that area and preached the gospel for three years, Acts 20:31. When it was all over, all of Asia had heard the gospel. From this one city, the other six churches were established. This was to set a type of how the HOLY GHOST would fall in the first church age and light revival fires that six other church ages that followed have been lit off of, (the same Holy Ghost fire). Man in his makeup is responsible, not God, as to how he allows that fire to burn in him. Every messenger to every age actually exercised the authority invested in him by Jesus who was high priest over him. That man could only do what the high priest, (by inspiration), inspired him to do. This does not mean that there were not moments that men through the ages did not see specific truths, and many times those truths were the things that got them in trouble. Martin Luther was the first man this side of the dark ages that God anointed, and he used him to reestablish a lost truth that the just shall live by faith, Romans 1:17. But don’t think that Wycliffe and men of that nature had not seen this in their hour. Many of them saw it and tried to exercise it, but it cost practically every one of them their head. It just lets us know, that when it comes time for God to shine a truth into a certain age, he invests that man with authority and the devil and all of his imps couldn’t stop it if they had to, because the light from that candle has got to shine. It usually comes in the receding hours of the age that it comes to. The individuals that God will use, begin to see these things by the same spirit of revelation that was on John. They may be persecuted or they may be destroyed for what they see, but when the hour comes for that light to shine, there’s NO POWER SUFFICIENT TO STOP IT.




When we look at the second and third chapters we see that Jesus mentioned Ephesus first. It absolutely set the complete model of the perfect church of the Lord Jesus Christ among the Gentile people. I suppose no other church in all of Paul’s ministry shines like this Ephesus church did. It was a church with a large congregation, no doubt! It was made up of Jewish saints as well as Gentile saints. It was to this church that Paul wrote his letter of Ephesians in 60 A.D. from Corinth, just a year after his revival closed and he left. No other letter contains the depth of revelation that the Ephesian letter does. Isn’t it strange, down through the hours of reformation; hardly has the epistle to the Ephesians been used as an evangelistic letter, it is a letter written to an assembly of saints that are seeking to walk in the divine will and favor of God. In it is embraced the revelation that Paul was given, how that God had made known unto him the mystery of his will, how that God in Christ had introduced a time that he was now among the Gentiles to take both of the Jew and the Gentile, and to make of the two of them in Jesus Christ, a complete new man. The new man joined with the others of the same revelatory faith, make up the true church, which is the mystical body of Christ (living here on earth among fallen mankind), demonstrating and reflecting the nature and attributes of Christ from one age to the next. The true body of Christ continues to reflect the same character, manner of life, and truth, always. Though they may not use the same words to convey the message, the revelation always comes out the same. As these churches are set in perfect order by Christ himself, our attention moves quickly to the last one, (the Laodicean church). Though it existed in Asia Minor, it is no longer in existence, the church as well as the city lay in ruins today; however, the prevailing spirit of that church was one that God saw would hang through time to be manifested in the last church age. Not just on a metropolitan city, but it would become a universal picture of Christianity in the age that began around the dawn of the twentieth century. Mankind has come through many ages of great material hardships, but the 20th century began to introduce man to inventions, scientific discoveries, fast means of travel, fast communications, and easier ways to make a dollar. All of this set loose mankind into a rat race, and where is he today? He lives for the god of materialism. It kills him spiritually and physically.


This is the age that as people yield their lives to God, they reflect the same spirit that was reflected there in the Laodicean city (from an assembly). The Laodicean age, as we see it here in the last verses of the 3rd chapter (that’s the age that you and I now live in), is in a terrible mess. More and more we see a breakdown spiritually and morally taking place in the world today that is making all other scriptures come into focus, whether they were written by John or Paul or words spoken by Jesus. We know the world is now being molded to make it fit the word of God. Nevertheless, God’s grace is still sufficient to the man or woman that has an ear to hear what God would say to the church. In this Laodicean letter as He rebuked it for its materialism, it’s wretchedness, (and realizing this is a type of our age), it lets us know that spirituality doesn’t run very high today. Now we want to title this series “The Chronology of Revelation” as we place the chapters and verses in order of fulfillment. The first three chapters had to do with God’s word to the church for the ages, but from this point on most of what John saw covered the events of the seventieth week of Daniel as God deals with the Jews. It was only when he left the third chapter and began to go into the 4th, 5th, and 6th chapters that his head began to spin. You might ask why is this, it was because the Lord spoke to him and said write these things that thou hast seen, which are, and are to be and send it.


The major part of the total writings of the book belong to God’s dealing with the Jews in the last week of time allotted to them before Christ comes to earth for the millennium, but the letter as a whole is sent to the church of the living God. It is God’s message to the church. Since it is God’s letter, I’ll say this, it is his love letter to his girl friend. That’s why the denominational girl friends don’t know what it’s all about. But the bride of Christ, when her eyes are opened and she realizes who she is, that Holy Ghost, (that spirit of Christ), will definitely let her see what the Lord has been saying. Now we know that the saints of the ages are dead and in the ground, so whatever he does for his bride is not necessarily for those that are dead and gone on, but these things are written so that the living element of the bride church will be able to know what God’s message to her is in this hour, as she approaches the end of the age. John is called up into heaven at the beginning of the 4th chapter. He saw the throne of God, and he that sat upon it, and a rainbow about the throne, he saw the four and twenty elders, he saw the four beasts and this great number of angels. All of this is to acquaint John with a heavenly setting. John was taken up at that time, (when he had finished his letter of rebuke to Laodicea), to set a true type of the rapture of the church at the end of the Laodicean age. I am fully aware that at Shreveport, La., Bro. William Branham stated that the age for the bride was more or less set in motion or words to this effect. This has caused different ones everywhere to say we’re living in the bride age. Let me say this in a way, spiritually, to the people that are to make up God’s bride, they are living in the time factor where, yes, we could call it an age or we could call it an hour. Yet when you take it back to the book, there is no bride age mentioned in the book, only the Laodicean age. Now the Laodicean age will still be here because the Laodicean age is not typified from the standpoint of the bride. It is typified from the standpoint of the religious world that we live in. When the hour comes that the bride, who, time wise, and age wise, is being dealt with by God, calling her out of Laodicea, it does not disassociate her with the Laodicean age of time. It’s still here. In fact Laodicea is the closing of religious time. When John was caught up he saw Jesus sitting on the throne. He saw in his right hand a scroll. He had to be taken up there at that precise time in the hour he lived both to set a type, and to see in symbolic form what would transpire in heaven, (may God help me to say it right), once the time had come that the events of chapter six would be fulfilled on earth, because the events of chapter six up to and through verse 11, still belong to the Laodicean age. Bro. William Branham stated that the church is not mentioned after chapter three until we get to chapter 19, “that is true”, but in order of fulfillment, chapter 6 through verse 11, (though John saw it in heaven, and it had to be this way for him to typify the rapture at the close of the last church age), the church is still here on earth. When God sent his prophet message to the age, (William Marion Branham), it was to awaken the bride to the fact that God again wanted to come close to her and commune with her like he did in the first age. After the first age they lost their spirit of revelation. God communed with them in spiritual matters no more. Oh yes! He was with them to preserve them that they might survive, but they lost their spirit of revelation. If they didn’t then why did they accept every rotten doctrine that was fed to them for better than a thousand years? You might say, when Martin Luther came on the scene and saw that revelation that the just shall live by faith, wasn’t that revelation? No.! (That was restoration), restoring something that they had already, and lost. The church had lost it better than a thousand years before. The same was true with John Knox and predestination, sure it was revelation on the scriptures but it was not new revelation, that new revelation, by which the Lord himself makes love to his church. Do you know that is the way he makes love to his bride to be? He reveals himself to her and if she is spiritual, (through spiritual eyes and ears), she understands and makes love back by saying, praise God, that is beautiful, thank you Lord.


We know how the devil got at the church after the first age, that antichrist spirit began to give out revelations to the younger generation, but they were false revelations. Carnal minded people sat there and ate it up. The devil made love to people too! He flirted with them by revelation, and do you know what the purpose of it was? He wanted to take the ground work of the original Christian church and build himself an institution that would be called the church of God, and so pervert the word of God through centuries of time, that he could make love to it just any old carnal way, and humanity has just laid right there and loved it. When John Wesley came on the scene, it was not in a sense of love making through revelation, but it was God’s way of saying to the church, I want to give you back a few things, so that you can make love to me right. The church had lost so much that she was in no shape for the Lord to commune with her in a love relationship like she started out. John saw in chapter 5, the heavenly setting, he had to see it when he lived, so that it could be written in the book, but if you can catch my thought, it was so written, that when the time would come, we could hear and understand the revelation that is typified in chapter 6, (which was written then), but understood only in our age. When it came time for these things to be understood, here in this Laodicean church age. God brought his messenger on the scene, (church age angel messenger). He was a prophet messenger, for God knew that in the hour that this man would be walking on earth, the spirit of Christ, (which is the spirit of prophecy), would begin to speak to a people to draw their attention back to the word of God, just the way that it did there in the first church age. The church there in that first age, as it started out, with the Jew first, and then reached out to the Gentile people, it was revelation upon revelation that they were built upon until she lost her position and went into the dark ages. When John saw these things he saw, like the first four seals broken and the white, red, black and pale horse riders going out, and though he heard what was said, who knew what it meant? We can say that no one understood these things until the generation came that was to see the fulfillment of the things therein, but there came a day that we didn’t have to think or assume anymore. We know what it means.


Did you know that when that seven angel messenger (who was the messenger to this last church age) was on earth and the time came for what John wrote in chapter 6 to be understood, he stood there that night and said, that white horse rider was none other than that spirit of antichrist that was riding in the closing hours of the first church age, riding off into the sun. The revelation all hinged about the fact that he had a crown, showing that he assumed authority. He had a bow, showing a means of weaponry, but he didn’t have any arrows. That lets us know that in reality he was a bluff, but look how many he pushed over with it. It lets me know that all who did not have the Holy Ghost fell for that antichrist teaching. Bro. William Branham said, that the red horse rider, with power to take peace from the earth, that they should kill one another (to whom was given a great sword), was the same old antichrist spirit, riding in that age of martyrdom (and that is verified in history). By the time the second church age was fully in, Christianity had spread all over the Roman empire, and still growing. History from that age will give you the names of those Roman rulers that the devil used in trying to kill every Christian, and defeat the plan of God. They killed Christians, by any and all means of brutality imaginable. Yet, do you realize, that because those Christians went to their death singing and praising God, they died in the faith, and God gave them grace to die like that. The third horse rider, (that black horse), went forth with a pair of balances in his hand. He said, a measure of wheat for a penny, and three measures of barley for a penny, and see thou hurt not the oil and the wine. Who knew what that meant? You could look at it and see that it had something to do with the dark ages, but who could put their finger on exact meaning? No one until the time was right. When the time came that man was to know who that black horse rider was, God didn’t send a doctor of divinity from some big college. No! He just took a little fellow who enjoyed sitting out in the woods watching the squirrels, and such like, who didn’t have much formal education, but deep inside when the hour was right, that man could talk with God, and God, (who let this been written), could talk to him. The revelation of that black horse rider, is what Roman Catholicism did with the church and the word of God during that long period known as the dark ages. Wheat and barley are two grains that the world all over has looked upon as the basis bread factor. The word of God is the bread of eternal life, just as natural bread is stable food for the human body of mankind. When it was said a measure of wheat for a penny, and three measures of barley for a penny and see thou hurt not the oil and the wine, that black horse rider was going out. We understand now that the black horse rider was that spirit of antichrist through a Roman religious system, and it was black because it symbolized spiritual death. It took the word of God and changed and substituted it, and out of it, made rituals, ceremonies and creeds. It took the Lord’s supper that the early church observed, and made a monetary gimmick out of it. That is exactly why, for a thousand years the world was stooped in darkness. They made no advancement intellectually, spiritually, or materially. All advancement had been brought to a standstill. They sold the mass, and prayed for the dead instead of the living. Then the voice said hurt not the oil and the wine, the oil typifies the Holy Ghost, (the oil of the anointing), it lets you know the Holy Ghost wasn’t going to be around to be tampered with. You cannot sell the Holy Ghost. The fact that wine was mentioned, wine typifies the spiritual revelational factor of the Holy Ghost, the spirit of God. Now we see the fourth seal opened and Death riding on a pale horse, not white, not black, but pale, and Hell following with him. We find out that this horse and his rider is still that same spirit of antichrist riding right on out to the end. He takes old Roman Catholicism and all of her religious creeds, and apostate protestantism, and blends the two together to make one universal church system, to deceive and blind the religious world, and he (the antichrist), will sit at the head of it all, as the Laodicean age comes to a close. The apostle John recognized that spirit already working in his day, 1 John 2:18. He thought the end was near. We see that all four horse riders are one and the selfsame spirit all along. When we look at the church world in this hour, and recognize, doctrinally, what they are teaching and see how they are living, we see exactly what is going on, apostasy on every hand. That kind of a religious system is what the antichrist will take over and show himself through as time closes out.


We will take our time in this 6th chapter for I want you to see that the understanding of its fulfillment was to come to the saints of God somewhere in the closing hours of the Laodicean age. Through that God would again awaken a people and give them new revelation. The prophet of the age made a lot of remarks in between the revelation of each seal, from which many people have built doctrines and opinions. These have become spirits. Do you know why these spirits were allowed to flourish? It was to keep the denominational church away from the true revelation that belongs to the bride alone. There is not a denominational church on the face of the earth today, that will teach these seals when the bride is gone. There is not a denominational church that will have a thing to do with the teaching of William Marion Branham even now, for their big eyes and their self righteous attitude they see all of these thorns attached to it. They said it has to be of the devil, so they go on in their blindness, still holding to their trinity, only to wake up to wash their robes in the blood of Jesus Christ by giving their lives in martyrdom to seal their testimony.


When the 5th seal was broken, John saw souls under the altar. They were the souls of those Jews martyred under Hitler. Oh, I know there were Jews martyred in the 12th and 13th centuries, but they were not the Jews that we see under the altar in the 5th seal. Those Jews were not run out of Spain to get the Jewish people ready to go home, so if the souls under the altar were Jews, it would have to be Jews that God was dealing with somewhere in the closing hours of the Laodicean age, as God prepared the land to receive them back home. In the years between 1939 and 1945, God allowed a man by the name of Hitler to rise with the idea of having a super race of people in Europe. He felt, in order to accomplish this, he would have to rid Europe of that Jewish blood line, for he knew that the Jewish people controlled the stocks and bonds and the wealth, so he used a disguise and began to arrest them and put them in prison. They were tortured and killed in various ways till more than six million of them had died. Do we say that all six million of them are under the altar? Absolutely not! Many of them went to the firing squad cursing God, while others of them were crying, “Jehovah! Be merciful to me.” Not realizing why this was going on. It was to get the rest of the Jews ready to go home.


Now remember, the 5th seal, time wise, still belongs in the Laodicean age. Those souls under the altar were heard crying, How long, O Lord, holy and true, dost thou not judge and avenge our blood on them that dwell on the earth? Before any answer came to that question, I believe there came angels with white robes, and I would imagine, as those robes began to be draped around those souls, they felt a peace begin to come over them. Once they had been clothed in white robes, then the words of consolation were given. Yet a little season, until thy fellow servants, and brethren, should be killed as you were. I do not believe that little season can be much longer than a human generation of time. Remember, time wise, that little season is still within the Laodicean age. We are living somewhere in the closing years of that little season. We see that pale horse rider in the religious world today, (that great ecumenical spirit), binding them up. We see also, the effects of the 5th seal, after six million Jews died to set it in motion, almost three million are at home in the land, and the nation as a whole is making the news almost daily. By now the whole world is in the balance of decision, (politically), saying, what will we do with Israel? The messenger to the age, (which was the angel messenger to the Laodicean age, Bro. William Branham), came on the scene and delivered his message, so that we who are living in the closing hours of that little season, can know, by divine revelation, the contents of chapter 6, (what those seals meant). It was all to take place within that little season, for we know what the sixth seal is. This is one of the keys to the whole book, not the whole key, just one of the keys. The Lord Jesus Christ comes to earth under the 6th seal, under the 7th trumpet judgment, and also under the 7th vial. Now he cannot come three different times, for his coming in each instance is referring to his visible appearance from glory, (in power), to rule and reign. Many of these things are stacked, one on top of the other. The 7th seal does not follow the 6th seal in fulfillment, for we know that the contents of the 7th seal will be for the bride before she leaves, in the beginning of the seventieth week of Daniel, which has its fulfillment under the 6th seal. Now we stated earlier that the revelation of the 5th seal is one of the keys to a right understanding of the things written in the remainder of the book of Revelation. It was Jews that Hitler killed in such a mass slaughter, not gentiles. This great persecution caused a large number of the other Jews to go home, (back to the land promised to Abraham), and this was the beginning of that little season, in which Jesus stated in Matthew 24, “this generation shall not pass till all these things be fulfilled.” Therefore, we can safely say that there are those living in this generation that will live to see the windup of all that is written in this book. The 6th seal shows us what God’s wrath will be like when that week of time begins to run out. Armageddon will be in full swing by this time. The communistic forces from the East will have come up to take them a spoil, and when they come into that valley they will meet up with the communist forces from the West. Each camp will have the desire burning within their souls to gain the preeminence of world recognition. The battle that takes place there has been talked about for many years by people of the world as well as the Christians. They have looked at it only as a battle where the armies of the beast systems of the world would gather together and fight against God at the end of the week of Daniel, but that is not the picture that we see as we study the scriptures. Actually the battle is raging in the last few months of that week, so that it all becomes a rotten stinking mess by the end of the week when Jesus is seen coming to earth on a white horse, and the armies that were in heaven following him on white horses. The 6th seal fulfillment comes into focus at this time. God will pour out his wrath on this already bloody mass in such a vindictive way that kings, and captains and great and might men, slaves and free me, are to be seen fleeing to the mountains and to the caves, calling for the rocks to fall on them and hide them from the face of him that sitteth on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb. Therefore, we must see the events of the 6th seal as the closing out of the 70th week of Daniel, and the ending of the battle of Armageddon. This is when Jesus will be revealed from heaven in flaming fire, taking vengeance on them that know not God, referred to in the scripture as the day of the Lord (Isa. 13, Matt. 24, 2 Thess. 2). Remember now, the 6th seal does not belong to Laodicean church age, nor the little season. Even though God let this revelation be known to the bride people here in the latter years of Laodicea, it absolutely will not be fulfilled till that week has run its course. When we come to the 7th chapter we see two events of the week of Daniel, first we see that there are 144,000 Jews sealed with the knowledge of who Jesus Christ really is. We see also in the 7th chapter a great multitude which no man could number of all nations, and kindreds, and peoples, and tongues, standing before the throne, clothed with white robes giving glory to God. Let us first examine verses 1-8, where we see four angels standing on the four corners of the earth, holding back the four winds. Then we see another angel ascending from the east having the seal of the living God, and crying with a loud voice to the other four angels to whom it was given to hurt the earth and the sea. Saying Hurt not the earth, neither the sea, nor the trees, till we have sealed the servants of our God in their foreheads. We find then that the servants which are sealed are the 144,000 Jews (twelve thousand from each of the twelve tribes of Israel), that we later see over in the 14th chapter standing on Mount Zion with the Lamb, having his Father’s name written in their foreheads. Now to come back to the four angels that are seen holding back the four winds, we believe that the winds that they are holding are the winds of world conflict, especially there in the middle east. These are winds that will whip up the setting for Armageddon once they are turned loose. But this angel ascending from the east, (which is the angel of time, time always moves from east to the west) will not give permission for those winds to blow until after the 144,000 have been sealed. The 144,000 Jews will be sealed by the Holy Ghost as a result of the ministry of the two prophets seen in chapter eleven. This cannot take place until after God is finished with the Gentiles, and God is not finished with the Gentiles until after the 7th seal is broken, and Jesus is seen in angelic form coming to the earth with a little scroll open in his hand. Now can you begin to see why this book has been such a mystery to the average church going person? It takes the Holy Ghost to reveal it and set the events in order. We find 6 of the 7 seals recorded in chapter 6, and we know what these first six hold revelation wise, but we find that there is a wide gap between each seal in fulfillment. We have already covered the first five in the order that they are written, but now we must take our time and try to lay these next events out so that every person who receives this message will be able to see the events of the remainder of this book in their order of fulfillment.


The 7th seal is not broken until we get to the 8th chapter verse 1, and we have already seen in chapter 7:1-8 the 144,000 sealed, and they are sealed by the two prophets’ ministry in the first 3 ½ years of the week of Daniel. “Now saints, I am trying to say this in a way that you can understand what I see as I study the scripture.” Remember now, chapter 6 verse 11 we find the beginning of a little season which must mark time between fulfillment of the 5th seal, (which was the slaughtering of those by Hitler), and the slaughter of another group of Jews in the last 3 ½ years of that week of Daniel. All of the rest of the book from chapter 6:12, all the way through chapter 18 belongs to God’s dealing with the Jews in the week of Daniel, with the exception of chapter 8 verse 1, which is the opening of the 7th seal with the half hour of silence, and chapter 10 which shows Jesus coming to earth in angelic form with a little scroll open in his hand. When he had set one foot upon the sea and the other foot on the earth he cried with a loud voice as when a lion roareth. This is his way of identifying himself, (The Lion of the Tribe of Judah) and showing his authority. Now there was not actually a huge angel standing with one foot on the sea and the other on the earth, this is symbolic, showing his authority. The little scroll in his hand is open, which shows that all of the seals have now been broken, and he has come for the contents of the scroll. The names that are written within are the names of all the people that he, (as high priest and mediator) has interceded for while he sat there on the mercy seat for almost 2000 years. Now he is on earth in spirit form to claim them. Just as he had finished crying with a loud voice, seven thunders are heard uttering their voices, John was about to write what he had heard from the seven thunders, but a voice from heaven instructed him to seal up those things which the seven thunders uttered, and write them not. How foolish for some to say that we cannot know what was uttered by the seven thunders, John was in the spirit when he heard them, and even though John is dead, the spirit that was on him is not dead. When the time comes for the bride to know what those thunders uttered, God will have a human vessel here on earth that he can communicate with, in the same way that he did with John (in the spirit). The message in those thunders will be for the bride, and when she receives it her time here on earth will be running out. Laodicea, and the little season will be running out also. We have been holding our finger at the end of verse 11 of chapter 6, now we can take chapter 8 verse 1, and chapter 10:1-11 and insert them in chapter 6 where the 5th seal left off.


We can now return to chapter 8:2-13 where we see angels with trumpets. The plagues that were cast upon the earth by those first three trumpet angels correspond perfectly with the ministry of the two prophets of chapter 11 who will prophesy one thousand two hundred and threescore days clothed in sackcloth. The prophesying of these two will take place in the first half of Daniels 70th week and will be the ministry that will seal the 144,000 in chapter 7, therefore, let us take verse 1-6 of chapter 11, and lay them over verses 2-13 of chapter 8, then lay that over verses 1-8 of chapter 7, and insert them next in chapter 6 ahead of verse 12. Now you notice we held back verses 9-17 of chapter 7 which deals with a great multitude which no man could number, of all nations, and kindreds, and peoples, and tongues, which were standing before the throne, and before the Lamb, clothed with white robes, and palms in their hands. These are tribulation saints. John was told that these are they which came out of great tribulation, and have washed their robes and made them white in the blood of the Lamb. This takes place in the last half of the week. The rapture takes place somewhere about the time that week of Daniel begins. The bride will be gone, but that great host of foolish virgins will be left here to face that beastly system as it begins to bring in a new world order. Six, six, six will be the order of the day. These poor foolish virgins had been kept so busy with denominational programs they had no time to answer God’s call to be a part of the bride of Christ. God has a standard of righteousness that the bride will come to, but the foolish virgins will be those that realized too late that there is virtue in the baptism of the Holy Ghost, and water baptism in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ, and that God requires the bride to be a separated people. God will not accept seconds in the bride of Christ, she will be first class or she will be left here to face the tribulation. When the beast system confronts those that are left behind, then it will be known who the foolish virgins are. They will be faced with the greatest decision of their lives when they either accept the mark of the beast and damnation, or they will refuse to take the mark (for to take the mark is to deny faith in Christ, and renounce God) and have their heads cut off to seal their testimony. John saw the bride in heaven wearing fine linen, clean and white (which is the righteousness of saints), while the foolish virgins were on earth giving their lives in martyrdom. God purges the spots and wrinkles from their robes in the fire of tribulation. They had the robes already, which shows that somewhere they had come in contact with the gospel and had a salvation experience, but failed to make themselves ready. (See chapter 19:1-8) John saw the bride arrayed in fine linen. In John’s day linen was the most costly of all materials know to man which shows that the bride was dressed in the best clothing that could possibly be found. We find also in this 19th chapter that the bride had made herself ready, she had not waited for some instantaneous miracle on the part of God to get her dressed. She had lived a life of dressing herself in righteousness. It was necessary to go to the 19th chapter for a comparison between the bride which was taken up, and the foolish virgins which were left to face martyrdom. But we are not placing the 19th chapter with chapter 7 in fulfillment. Chapter 19 must be left to fall in with chapter 20, 21, 22, which will complete the book. There are many who will say they do not believe the book of Revelation is to be understood, but I ask you, why would God waste space in his book with something that could not be understood? I have said it before and I will say it again, the book of Revelation is God’s love letter to the bride of Christ. It was never meant for denominational churches to see and understand what is written in this book. It was reserved for the bride here at the end of the age. She is the only people that could benefit by knowing what these things are all about. No other age was ever faced with the responsibility that rests upon the bride in this present hour. When the events of the 5th seal took place, it set in motion a time factor, (called a little season), in which God sent a messenger, with a message that was to call a people out of denominations, and back to the Word of God where he could speak to them by his spirit once again concerning the book which he had written. We are living in the generation that Jesus spoke of in Matthew 24, where he said, “when you see these things come to pass, this generation shall not pass till all these things have be fulfilled.” The bride will know what is going to take place over in the week of Daniel, even though it will not affect her. We read in chapter 10 verse 7, but in the days of the voice of the seventh angel, when he shall begin to sound, the mystery of God should be finished, as he hath declared to his servants the prophets. What mystery? The mystery age that had been hid to prophets of old, but was revealed to the apostle Paul according to Eph. 3:1-12, Col. 1:26-27. While the message of the seventh angel messenger is still echoing around the earth we are made to understand, this is the message that God will call his bride people to. It is the message that will close the mystery age. The message we are referring to is the message delivered to this age by God’s prophet messenger, William Marrion Branham. His message of returning back to the faith of our spiritual fathers, who were founded on the unadulterated word of God, has marked a time, and set in motion a trend of apostasy in the denominational church world that will lead to spiritual death for those who reject that message. As apostasy runs rampant in the church world we can already see that beast system rising up for the antichrist to set at the head of in the dark hour of time just ahead. In verse 8 chapter 10 we read where John is told to go take the little scroll out of the hand of him which standeth with one foot upon the sea and the other foot on the earth, verse 9 he is told to eat it up, and that it would be sweet as honey in his mouth but bitter in his stomach or belly, John took it and ate it as he had been instructed to do. It was also said to John that he must prophesy again before many peoples, and nations, and tongues and kings. Now I believe those words, but I do not believe John was up there in heaven in the spirit literally eating paper, nor do I believe that he was to fulfill verse 11 in person. This was all symbolic. It had something to do with spiritual understanding of what he saw and heard. Our spiritual system is somewhat like our natural system when it comes to eating. There are times when we travel to an unfamiliar part of the world and begin to eat their foot and drink their water, it sometimes will have an upsetting effect on our digestive system. We get heart burn, sour stomach, etc. To eat spiritual food is to hear and understand, to digest spiritual food is to absorb it with the mind and feed it into our spirit. When we have been eating the same old denominational food year after year till our system has grown used to it, and then we are caught up into a different realm and fed something by revelation it may have an upsetting effect on our spiritual digestive system, but we just keep on eating till our system gets used to this new type of food. I do not believe John will be resurrected to fulfill verse 11 where it was said that he must prophesy before many peoples, nations, tongues, and kings. I believe that same spirit that was on John will be someone living here at the end of this age, who will see and understand what John received but was not permitted to write. John could not be allowed to write down what the thunders uttered. This was for the bride to know when it draws close to the time for her to be taken. As for the half hour of silence in heaven when the 7th seal was opened. I do not know whether this pertains to 30 minutes, 30 hours, 30 days or what. That doesn’t matter. The thing that really matters is that not even the angels of heaven know when he will receive authority from the Father to open that seal, and leave the mercy seat where he has sat for almost 2000 years. Why wouldn’t it cause a hushed silence in heaven where all those angels have been constantly watching that throne ever since the little season was mentioned if Jesus after 2000 years, would be seen opening that last seal, and leaving the mercy seat? You would stand in silent amazement waiting to see what was going to happen next. You may be sure of this one thing, when that little season has run its course, and Jesus opens that last seal, it will be time for the last week of time allotted to the Jews to start. The bride cannot be here long after that. All of the intercessory work that was ever needed will have been accomplished when he leaves that mercy seat. The theory held by some that the bride could be raptured two or three years before the week starts is just plain nonsense. God does not work like that. It would make more sense to believe that there could be a little overlapping of time than to believe that God would leave such a gap in between. We see the apostle Paul writing in the 2nd letter to the Thessalonians (chapter 2:1-12) that the day of our gathering together unto him, (Jesus Christ for the rapture) shall not come except there come a falling away first, and the man of sin be revealed, the son of perdition. He will come on the scene as a great man of much wisdom, a man looked upon by the world as one who has all the right answers to the problems facing mankind the world over. Apostasy will be gaining momentum on every hand, and because the people of these world systems have no love for the truth, God will send them strong delusion, that they should believe a lie and be damned. Paul was not saying that the bride would be here to go through the tribulation. He was simply stating that she would still be here on earth to see that beastly system rising up. Certainly we have been seeing this take place to some degree already. It just has not been introduced to the world yet. I wish to say to the reader, that the arrangement of the scriptures in which you are about to read are the true order of fulfillment. The Lord revealed to John the revelation in such a manner so that its message would not be understood until the time of the end. The first three chapters cover the seven church ages. The fourth and fifth chapters is when John is taken up into heaven, which is a type of the rapture or translation of the saints, that is to take place at the end of the seventh church age, which is the closing of the Grace Age to the Gentiles. The seventieth week of Daniel will start with the Jews. We notice also in the second and third chapters that the Lord Jesus himself mentioned the seven churches of Asia, in the order that each one would correspond to, in its respective age. Therefore there is no need to rearrange them as they are in order for fulfillment. The reader must also understand that the little season mentioned in the 5th Seal Revelation Ch. 6:11 is the last few years of the Laodicean church age starting some time between 1939-1945, and ending with the 70th week of Daniel being in fulfillment and this little season will probably not last any longer than a generation to fulfill the words of Jesus in Matthew Ch. 24:32-34. The sixth chapter records the first six seals that will be revealed on earth shortly before the grace age ends, by the Laodicean church age messenger who will be the Elijah spirit according to Malachi Ch. 4:5-6, (B part) and the angel messenger of Revelation Ch. 10:7. It is therefore with chapter six that I wish to start my work on the arrangements of the scriptures which are contained in the letter of Revelation. We are now living in that little season of time, therefore we know that the coming of the Lord Jesus is getting very close and we believe that soon the Anti-Christ will come on the scene and usher in the 70th week of Daniel Chapter 9:27.


Chapter 6:1-11

1-2 And I saw when the Lamb opened on of the Seals, and I heard, as it were the noise of thunder, One of the beast saying, Come and see. And I saw, and behold, a white horse; and he that sat on him had a bow; and a crown was given unto him; and he went forth conquering and to conquer.

Note: (This was the spirit of the anti-christ riding against the church at the closing of the first church age. See 2nd Thess. Ch. 2:7, also 1st John 4:1, 2nd John 1:7.)

3-4 And when he had opened the second seal, I heard the second beast say, come and see. And there went out another horse that was red; and power was given to him that sat there on to take peace from the earth. And that they should kill one another; and there was given unto him a great Sword.

Note: (This is the same Devil spirit trying to kill off the Christians. This was the age of Martyrdom. Compare Revelation Ch. 2:8-11.)

5 And when he had opened the third Seal, I heard the third beast say, Come and see, and I beheld, and lo a black horse; and he that sat on him had a pair of balances in his hand.

6 And I heard a voice in the midst of the four beasts say, A measure of wheat for a penny, and three measures of barley for a penny; and see thou hurt not the oil and the wine.

Note: (This is the same Devil Spirit, anti-christ spirit in Roman Catholicism in the dark ages selling the word of God through church creeds and rituals. But could not touch the Holy Ghost. This brought spiritual death to mankind. Compare this to the fourth parable of Matthew Ch. 13:33. This brought the dark ages in world history.)

7-8 And when he had opened the fourth Seal, I heard the voice of the Fourth beast say, Come and see. And I looked and behold a pale horse; and his name that sat on him was Death, and Hell followed him. And power was given unto them over the fourth part of the earth, to kill with the sword, and with hunger, and with death, and with the beasts of the earth.

Note: (This is the same spirit of Anti-Christ part truth and part error Roman Catholicism & Protestantism merging together for the end False Unity – Apostate Christianity spoken by Paul in 2nd Thess. Ch. 2:3. Compare to Revelation Ch. 13. Actually the fulfillment of this fourth seal will have its great climax at the end of the age as the world council of churches merge completely with Catholicism, therefore, it would be in order to move the fourth seal to a place between the fifth and sixth seal where it would coincide with Ch. 13:11-18 in fulfillment.)

9-10 And when he had opened the fifth Seal. I saw under the altar the souls of them that were slain for the word of God, and for the testimony which they held. And they cried with a loud voice, saying, How Long, O Lord, holy and true, dost thou not judge and avenge our blood on them that dwell on the earth?

11 And white robes were given unto everyone of them; and it was said unto them, that they should rest yet for a little season, until their fellow servants also and their brethren that should be killed as they were, should be fulfilled.

Note: (There are the souls of the Jews, killed by Hitler during World War 2. The years of 1939-1945. This was done in order to get the Jews ready to go home to fulfill all prophecies and the 70th week of Daniel. It is during the time of this little season mentioned here in the fifth seal that God would send a prophet messenger to the gentile church, whose message would restore the gentile bride church back to the word of God. The Apostolic truth which is the faith of our fathers. His message would also close the grace age and complete the great mystery of God, which was hidden to the old testament prophets, but revealed to Paul. See Eph. Ch. 3:1-9, Col. 1:26-27. It is at this time that I want the reader of this work to study carefully. The sixth Seal is not to be in the number order as one would think. It belongs to the tribulation period. Because Christ comes under the sixth Seal. The events of the sixth Seal are the climax of all that takes place in the week of Daniel, this is when Christ comes with his saints, pouring out the wrath of God on this earth, which will bring an end t the reign of the beast system, also climax Armageddon and usher in the Millennium, therefore we must go from 6:11 to 8:1, which is the opening of the seventh seal and apply that to 10:1-11 to complete the portion dealing with the Gentiles before the week of Daniel can begin.)

Revelation Ch. 8:1

1 And when he had opened the seventh seal, there was silence in heaven about the space of half an hour.

Chapter 10:1-11

1 And I saw another mighty angel come down from heaven, clothed with a cloud; and a rainbow was upon his head, and his face was as it were the sun, and his feet as pillars of fire:

2 And he had in his hand a little book open; and he set his right foot upon the sea, and his left foot on the earth.

3 And cried with a loud voice, as when a lion roareth; and when he had cried, seven thunders uttered their voices.

4 And when the seven thunders had uttered their voices, I was about to write; and I heard a voice from heaven saying unto me, Seal up those things which the seven thunders uttered, and write them not.

5 And the angel which I saw stand upon the sea and upon the earth lifted up his hand to heaven.

6 And sware by him that liveth forever and ever, who created heaven, and the things that therein are, and the earth, and the things that therein are, and the sea, and the things which are therein, that there should be time no longer.

7 But in the days of the voice of the seventh angel, when he shall begin to sound, the mystery of God should be finished, as he hath declared to his servants the prophets.

8 And the voice which I heard from heaven spake unto me again, and said, Go and take the little book which is open in the hand of the angel which standeth upon the sea and upon the earth.

9 And when I went unto the angel, and said unto him, Give me the little book. And he said unto me, Take it, and eat it up; and it shall make thy belly bitter, but it shall be in thy mouth sweet as honey.

10 And I took the little book out of the angels hand, and ate it up; and it was in my mouth sweet as honey; and as soon as I had eaten it, my belly was bitter.

11 And he said unto me, Thou must prophesy again before many peoples, and nations, and tongues, and kings.


Note: (The grace age ends with the events of Ch. 10 completing the mystery of God spoken of by Paul in Eph. Ch. 3. The next thing on the prophetic calender will be the opening of the week of time referred to in Daniel Ch. 9:27, which is a seven year period of time allotted to God’s dealing with the Jews. By this time the anti-christ which is the man of sin of 2 Thess. Ch. 2 will have been manifested to the world, and Rome will again be in power. The two prophets of Ch. 11:1-6 will be on the scene manifesting the events of Ch. 7:1-8, and Ch. 8:2-13. In the first two verses of Chapter 11, John is told to measure the temple, in 2 Thess. Ch. 2:4, the anti-christ is seen sitting in the temple as God, which lets us know that the temple will have to be built by then to fulfill this scripture.)

Revelation Chapter 11:1-6 (Read Zech. 4:11-14)

1 And there was given me a reed like unto a rod, and the angel stood saying, rise, and measure the temple of God, and the alter and them that worship therein.

2 But the court which is without the temple leave out, and measure it not, for it is given unto the Gentiles; and the holy city shall they tread under foot forty and two months.

3 And I will give power unto my two witnesses, and they shall prophesy a thousand two hundred and three score days, clothed in sackcloth.

4 These are the two olive trees, and the two candlestick standing before the God of the earth.

5 And if any man will hurt them, fire proceedeth out of their mouth, and devoureth their enemies; and if any man hurt them, he must in this manner be killed.

6 These have power to shut heaven, that it rain not in the days of their prophecy; and have power over waters to turn them to blood, and to smite the earth with all plagues, as often as they will.

Chapter 7:1-17

1 And after these things I saw four angels standing on the four corners of the earth, holding the four winds of the earth, that the wind should not blow on the earth, nor on the sea, nor on any tree.

2-3 And I saw another angel ascending from the east, having the seal of the living God; and he cried with a loud voice to the four angels, to whom it was given to hurt the earth and the sea, Saying, Hurt not the earth, neither the sea, nor the trees, till we have sealed the servants of our Gods in their foreheads.

4 And I heard the number of them which were sealed; and there were sealed a hundred and forty and four thousand of all the tribes of the children of Israel.

5 Of the tribes of Judah were sealed twelve thousand, of the tribes of Reuben were sealed twelve thousand, and of the tribe of Gad were sealed twelve thousand.

6 Of the tribe of Asher were sealed twelve thousand, of the tribe of Nepthalim were sealed twelve thousand, of the tribe Manasses were sealed twelve thousand.

7-8 Of the tribe of Simeon were sealed twelve thousand, of the tribe of Levi were sealed twelve thousand, of the tribe of Issachar were sealed twelve thousand, of the tribe Zabulon were sealed twelve thousand, of the tribe of Joseph were sealed twelve thousand, of the tribe of Benjamin were sealed twelve thousand.

Note: (These are tribulation saints killed by the beast, consisting of Jews and Gentile foolish virgins.)

9-10 After this I beheld, and lo a great multitude, which no man could number, of all nations, and kindreds, and people and tongues, stood before the throne, and before the Lamb clothed with white robes. And palms in their hands, and cried with a loud voice, saying, salvation to our God which sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb.

11 And all the angels stood round the throne, and about the elders and the four beasts, and fell before the throne on their faces, and worshipped God.

12 Saying Amen: Blessing, and glory, and wisdom, and thanksgiving, and honor, and power, and might, be unto our God forever and ever. Amen.

13 And one of the elders answered, saying unto me, What are these which are arrayed in white robes? and whence came they?

14 And I said unto him, Sir, thou knowest. And he said to me, These are they which came out of great tribulation, and have washed their robes, and made them white in the blood of the Lamb.

15 Therefore are they before the throne of God, and serve him day and night in his temple: and he that sitteth on the throne shall dwell among them.

16 They shall hunger no more, neither thirst any more; neither shall the sun light on them, nor any heat.

17 For the Lamb which is in the midst of the throne shall feed them, and shall lead them unto living fountains of waters: and God shall wipe away all tears from their eyes.

Note: (the seven angels with their trumpets bring judgment to Israel. The conditions brought about by the first three angels sounding is the plagues which the two prophets will plague Israel with during the first three and one half years.)

Chapter 8:2-13

2 And I saw seven angels which stood before God; and to them were given seven trumpets.

3 And another angel came and stood at the altar, having a golden censer; and there was given unto him much incense, that he should offer it with the prayers of all saints upon the golden altar which was before the throne.

4 And the smoke of the incense, which came with the prayers of the saints, ascended up before God out of the angel’s hand.

5 and the angel took the censer, and filed it with fire of the altar; and cast it into the earth: and there were voices, and thunderings, and lightnings, and an earthquake.

6 And the seven angels which had the seven trumpets prepared themselves to sound.

7 The first angel sounded, and there followed hail and fire mingled with blood, and they were cast upon the earth; and the third part of trees was burnt up, and all green grass was burnt up.

Note:(This is the result of the heavens being shut, that it rain not. This is the ministry of Elijah.)

8 And the second angel sounded, and as it were a great mountain burning with fire was cast into the sea: and the third part of the sea became blood;


9 And the third part of the creatures which were in the sea, and had life, died, and the third part of the ships were destroyed.

Note: (This is a sign of the Moses ministry, as seen back in Exodus, when God sent him to Pharaoh.)

10 And the third angel sounded, and there fell a great star from heaven, burning as it were a lamp, and it fell upon the third part of the rivers; and upon the fountains of waters;

11 And the name of the star is called Wormwood: and the third part of the waters became wormwood: and many men died of the waters, because they were made bitter.

Note: (This is one of the great plagues that Moses & Elijah will smith the earth with. These plagues will occur in the middle East.)

12 And the fourth angel sounded, and the third part of the sun was smitten, and the third part of the moon, and the third part of the stars. So as the third part of them was darkened, and the day shone note for a third part of it, and the night likewise.

Note: (This is the sign of the anti-christ, the middle of Daniels 70th week has arrived.)

13 And I beheld, and heard an angel flying through the midst of heaven, saying with a loud voice, woe, woe, woe, to the inhabiters of the earth by reason of the other voices of the trumpet of the three angels, which are yet to sound!


Note: (He breaks his covenant with Israel. See Daniel Ch. 9:27 also Daniel Ch. 12. This marks the middle of the week of Daniel. It is at this time, which starts the 42 month of Revelation Ch. 13, also the times-times-dividing of times of Daniel Ch. 7 also a time of trouble known as the abomination that maketh desolate referred to by Jesus in Matthew Ch. 24. It is at this time that the great tribulation starts, also the time of Jacob’s trouble. Jeremiah Ch. 30)


Note: (The first woe goes into effect, as the bottomless pit is opened. Hell is turned loose on earth. Evil is allowed to have its way. As Satan becomes the Spirit that rules in full force.)

Chapter 9:1-12

1 And the fifth angel sounded, and I saw a star fall from heaven unto the earth: and to him was given the key of the bottomless pit.

2 And he opened the bottomless pit; and there arose a smoke out of the pit; as the smoke of a great furnace; and the sun and the air were darkened by reason of the smoke of the pit.

3-4 And there came out of the smoke, locusts upon the earth and unto them was given power, as the scorpions of the earth have power. And it was commanded them that they should not hurt the grass of the earth, neither any green thing, neither any tree, but only those men which have not the seal of God in their foreheads.

5 And to them it was given that they should not kill them, but that they should be tormented five months: and their torment was as the torment of a scorpion, when he striketh a man.

6-7 And in those days shall men seek death, and shall not find it, and shall desire to die, and death shall flee from them. And the shapes of the locusts were like unto horses prepared unto battle, and on their heads were as it were crowns like gold, and their faces were as the faces of men.

8-9 And they had hair as the hair of women, and their teeth were as teeth of lions. They had breastplates, as it were breastplates of iron, and the sound of their wings was as the sound of chariots of many horses running to battle.

10 And they had tails like unto scorpions, and there were stings in their tails, and their power was to hurt men five months.

11 And they had a king over them, which is the angel of the bottomless pit, whose name in the Hebrew tongue is Abaddon, but in the Greek tongue hath his name Apollyon.


12 One woe is past; and behold, there come two woes more hereafter.

Note: (The second woe is the killing of the two prophets, which is done by the Anti-Christ, who is the beast man, of Revelations Ch. 13, also the man of sin, 2nd Thess. Ch. 2:3-4, also the little prince of Daniel Ch. 9:26.)

Note: (The three woes go into effect at the same time; all are conditions brought on by Satan & the Anti-Christ, starting in the middle of Daniels seventieth week. As the great Roman beast system comes back into power the healing of the head is the restoration of Papal power back to the Pope. This pope will possess all the powers that the popes did in the 10, 11, 12, 13, 14th centuries. But was wounded by the reformation.)


Chapter 11:7-14

7 And when they shall have finished their testimony, the beast that ascendeth out of the bottomless pit shall make war against them, and shall overcome them, and kill them.

8 And their dead bodies shall lie in the street of the great city, which spiritually is called Sodom and Egypt, where also our Lord was crucified.

9 And they of the people and kindreds and tongues and nations shall see their dead bodies three days and a half, and shall not suffer their dead bodies to be put in graves.

10 And they that dwell upon the earth shall rejoice over them, and make merry, and shall send gifts one to another; because these two prophets tormented them that dwelt on the earth.

11 And after three days and a half the Spirit of life from God entered into them, and they stood upon their feet; and great fear fell upon them, which saw them.

12 And they heard a great voice from heaven saying unto them, Come up hither. And they ascended up to heaven in a cloud; and their enemies beheld them.

13 And the same hour was there a great earthquake, and the tenth part of the city fell, and in the earthquake were slain of men seven thousand; and the remnant were affrighted; and gave glory to the God of heaven.

14 The second woe is past; and behold the third woe cometh quickly.

Chapter 13:1-18

1 And I stood upon the sand of the sea, and saw a beast rise up out of the sea, having seven heads and ten horns, and upon his horns ten crowns, and upon his heads the name of blasphemy.

2 And the beast which I saw was like unto a leopard, and his feet were as the feet of a bear, and his mouth as the mouth of a lion: and the dragon gave him his power, and his seat, and great authority.

3 And I saw one of heads as it were wounded to death; and his deadly wound was healed: and all the world wondered after the beast.

4 And they worshipped the dragon which gave power unto the beast: and they worshipped the beast saying, Who is like unto the beast? Who is able to make war with him?

5 And there was given unto him a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies; and power was given unto him to continue forty and two months.

6 And he opened his mouth in blasphemy against God, to blaspheme his name, and his tabernacle, and them that dwell in heaven.

7 And it was given unto him to make war with the saints, and to overcome them: and power was given him over all kindreds, and tongues, and nations.

8 And all that dwell upon the earth shall worship him, whose names are not written in the book of life of the Lamb slain from the foundation of the world.

9 If any man have an ear, let him hear.

10 He that leadeth into captivity shall go into captivity: he that killeth with the sword must be killed with the sword. Here is the patience and faith of the saints.

11 And I beheld another beast coming up out of the earth; and he had two horns like a Lamb, and he spake as a dragon.

12 And he exerciseth all the power of the first beast before him, and causeth the earth and them which dwell therein to worship the first beast, whose deadly wound was healed.

13 And he doeth great wonders, so that he maketh fire come down from heaven on the earth in the sight of men,

14 And he deceiveth them that dwell on the earth by the means of those miracles which he had power to do in the sight of the beast; saying to them that dwell on the earth, that they should make an image to the beast, which had the wound by a sword, and did live.

15 And he had power to give life unto the image of the beast, that the image of the beast should both speak, and cause that as many as would not worship the image of the beast should be killed.

16 And he causeth all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond, to receive a mark in their right hand, or in their foreheads.

17 And that no man might buy or sell, save he that had the mark, or the name of the beast, or the number of his name.

18 Here is wisdom. Let him that hath understanding count the number of the beast: for it is the number of a man; and his number is Six hundred threescore and six.


six six six the mark of the beastNote:(The third woe is the persecution of Israel during the last half of the week. But God gives her a hiding place for that space of time. The two wings of an eagle are the 2 messages of the prophets that she was warned by during the first half of the week. We have placed Chapter 13 ahead of Chapter 12 for in it we see the beast rising to power and the image coming up to join with the first beast for the persecution and mass slaughter of all who will not take the mark and fall in line with that system. In Ch. 12:6 we see the woman fleeing the wrath of this beast, and 12:11 Jews and foolish virgins being martyred.)

Chapter 12:1-17

1 And there appeared a great wonder in heaven; a woman clothed with the sun, and the moon under her feet, and upon her head a crown of twelve stars;

2 And she being with child cried, travailing in birth, and pained to be delivered.

3 And there appeared another wonder in heaven; and behold a great red dragon, having seven heads and ten horns, and seven crowns upon his heads.

4 And his tail drew the third part of the stars of heaven, and did cast them to the earth: and the dragon stood before the woman which was ready to be delivered, for to devour her child as soon as it was born.

5 And she brought forth a man child, who was to rule all nations with a rod of iron: and her child, was caught up unto God, and to his throne.

Note: (The Grace Age falls in here between the resurrection of Jesus and the seventieth week.)

6 And the woman fled into the wilderness, where she hath a place prepared of God, that they should feed her there a thousand two hundred and threescore days.

7 And there was war in heaven: Michael and his angels fought against the dragon; and the dragon fought and his angels.

8 And prevailed not; neither was their place found any more in heaven.

9 And the great dragon was cast out, that old serpent, called the Devil and Satan, which deceiveth the whole world: he was cast out into the earth, and his angels were cast out with him.

10 And I heard a loud voice saying in heaven, Now is come salvation, and strength, and the kingdom of our God, and the power of his Christ: for the accuser of our brethren is cast down, which accused them before our God day and night.

11 And they overcame him by the blood of the Lamb, and by the word of their testimony; and they loved not their lives unto the death.

12 Therefore rejoice, ye heavens, and ye that dwell in them. Woe to the inhabiters of the earth and of the sea! for the devil is come down unto you having great wrath, because he knoweth that he hath but a short time.

13 And when the dragon saw that he was cast into the earth, he persecuted the woman which brought forth the man child.

14 And to the woman were given two wings of a great eagle, that she might fly into the wilderness, into her place, where she is nourished for a time, and times, and half a time, from the face of the serpent.

15 And the serpent cast out of his mouth water as a flood after the woman that he might cause her to be carried away of the flood.

16 And the earth helped the woman, and the earth opened her mouth, and swallowed up the flood which the dragon cast out of his mouth.

17 And the dragon was wroth with the woman, and went to make war with the remnant of her seed, which keep the commandments of God, and have the testimony of Jesus Christ.

Note: (In Chapter 12:1 we see a picture of Israel, (the woman,) showing in one panoramic view the nation all the way through her law age and over into her Millennial glory with Christ. Verses 2-5 show her impregnated with the prophecies of her ancient prophets concerning a man child, (Christ) who was to rule all nations with a rod of iron also a great dragon ready to devour the child once he is born. This was the devil incorporated in the old Roman Empire which crucified Christ and caused him to be caught up unto God when he was resurrected, Verse 5. The grace age fits in between Verses 5 and 6, then Verse 6 brings us back to the middle of the week of Daniel where the woman is seen fleeing into the place where God has prepared her for the next 42 months.)

Note: (The sounding of the sixth angel sets loose conditions in the middle east, which prepares for Armageddon that will be fought in the end of the week.)

Chapter 9:13-21

13 And the sixth angel sounded, and I heard a voice from the four horns of the golden altar which is before God,

14 Saying to the sixth angel which had the trumpet, Loose the four angels which are bound in the great river Euphrates.

15 And the four angels were loosed, which were prepared for an hour, and a day, and a month, and a year, for to slay the third part of men.

16 And the number of the army of the horsemen were to hundred thousand thousand: and I heard the number of them.

17 And thus I saw the horses in the vision, and them that sat on them, having breastplates of fire, and of jacinth, and brimstone: and the heads of the horses were as the heads of lions; and out of their mouths issued fire and smoke and brimstone.

18 By these three was the third part of men killed, by the fire, and by the smoke, and by the brimstone, which issued out of their mouths.

19 For their power is in their mouth, and in their tails: for their tails were like serpents, and had heads, and with them they do hurt.

20 And the rest of the men which were not killed by theses plagues yet repented not of the works of their hands, that they should not worship devils, and idols of gold, and silver, and brass, and stone, and of wood: which neither can see, nor hear, nor walk:

21 Neither repented they of their murders, nor of their sorceries, nor of their fornication, nor of their thefts.

Note: (The 144,000 will preach the last gospel ever to be preached to the world. They will preach judgment to Catholicism and condemn Atheism and materialism. The effects are in the following scriptures.)


Chapter 14:1-12

1 And I looked, and, lo a Lamb stood on the Mount Sion, and with him a hundred forty and four thousand, having his Father’s name written in their foreheads.

2 And I heard a voice from heaven, as the voice of many waters, and as the voice of a great thunder; and I heard the voice of harpers harping with their harps:

3 And they sung as it were a new song before the throne, and before the four beasts, and the elders; and no man could learn that song but the hundred and forty and four thousand, which were redeemed from the earth.

4 These were they which were not defiled with women; for they are virgins. These are they which follow the Lamb whithersoever he goeth. These were redeemed from among men, being the first fruits unto God and to the Lamb.

5 And in their mouth was found no guile: for they are without fault before the throne of God.

6 And I saw another angel fly in the midst of heaven, having the everlasting gospel to preach unto them that dwell on the earth, and to every nation, and kindred, and tongue, and people,

7 Saying with a loud voice, Fear God, and give glory to him; for the hour of his judgment is come: and worship him that made heaven, and earth, and the sea, and the fountains of waters.

8 And there followed another angel, saying, Babylon is fallen, is fallen, that great city, because she made all nations drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication.

9 And the third angel followed them, saying with a loud voice, if any man worship the beast and his image, and receive his mark in his forehead, or in his hand,

10 The same shall drink of the wine of the wrath of God, which is poured out without mixture into the cup of his indignation; and he shall be tormented with fire and brimstone in the presence of the holy angels, and in the presence of the Lamb:

11 And the smoke of their torment ascendeth up forever and ever: and they have no rest day nor night, who worship the beast and his image, and whosoever receiveth the mark of his name.

12 Here is the patience of the saints: here are they that keep the commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus.

13 And I heard a voice from heaven saying unto me, Write, Blessed are the dead which die in the Lord from henceforth; Yea, saith the Spirit, that they may rest from their labours; and their works do follow them.

Note: (The preaching of the 144,000 Jews will condemn the commercial system of Catholicism. The bride of Jesus Christ cannot be doing this, for when this is taking place on earth she will be in heaven.)

Chapter 18:1-24

1 And after these things I saw another angel come down from heaven, having great power; and the earth was lightened with his glory.

Note: (The Doom of Babylon)

2 And he cried mightily with a strong voice, saying, Babylon the great is fallen, is fallen, and is become the habitation of devils, and the hold of every foul spirit, and a cage of ever unclean and hateful bird.

3 For all nations have drunk of the wine of the wrath of her fornication, and the kings of the earth have committed fornication with her, and the merchants of the earth are waxed rich through the abundance of her delicacies.

4 And I heard another voice from heaven, saying, Come out of her, my people, that ye be not partakers of her sins, and that ye receive not of her plagues.

5 For her sins have reached unto heaven, and God hath remembered her iniquities.

6 Reward her even as she rewarded you, and double unto her double according to her works: in the cup which she hath filled fill to her double.

7 How much she hath glorified herself, and lived deliciously, so much torment and sorrow give her: for she saith in her hearth, I sit a queen, and am no widow, and shall see no sorrow.

8 Therefore shall her plagues come in one day, death, and mourning, and famine; and she shall be utterly burned with fire; for strong is the Lord God who judgeth her.

9 And the kings of the earth who have committed fornication and lived deliciously with her, shall bewail her, and lament for her, when they shall see the smoke of her burning.

10 Standing afar off for the fear of her torment, saying, Alas, alas, that great city Babylon, that mighty city! for in one hour is thy judgment come.

11 And the merchants of the earth shall weep and mourn over her; for no man buyeth their merchandise any more;

12 The merchandise of gold, and silver, and precious stones, and of pearls, and fine linen, and purple, and silk, and scarlet, and all thyine wood, and all manner vessels of ivory, and all manner vessels of most precious wood, and of brass, and iron, and marble,

13 And cinnamon, and odours, and ointments, and frankincense, and wine, and oil, and fine flour, and wheat, and beasts, and sheep, and horses, and chariots, and slaves, and souls of men.

14 And the fruits that thy soul lusted after are departed from thee, and all things which were dainty and goodly are departed from thee, and thou shalt find them no more at all.

15 The merchants of these things, which were made rich by her, shall stand afar off for the fear of her torment, weeping and wailing.

16 And saying, Alas, alas, that great city, that was clothed in fine linen, and purple, and scarlet, and decked with gold, and precious stones, and pearls!

17 For in one hour so great riches is come to nought. And every shipmaster, and all the company in ships, and sailors, and as many as trade by sea, stood afar off,

18 And cried when they saw the smoke of her burning, saying, What city is like unto this great city!

19 And they cast dust on their heads, and cried, weeping and wailing, saying, Alas, alas, that great city, wherein were made rich all that had ships in the sea by reason of her costliness! for in one hour is she made desolate.

20 Rejoice over her, thou heaven, and ye holy apostles and prophets: for God hath avenged you on her.

21 And a mighty angel took up a stone like a great millstone, and cast it into the sea, saying, Thus with violence shall the great city Babylon be thrown down, and shall be found no more at all.

22 And the voice of harpers, and musicians, and of pipers, and trumpeters, shall be heard no more at all in thee; and no craftsman, of whatsoever craft he be, shall be found any more in thee; and the sound of a millstone shall be heard no more at all in thee:

23 And the light of a candle shall shine no more at all in thee; and the voice of the bridegroom and of the bride shall be heard no more at all in thee: for thy merchants were the great men of the earth; for by thy sorceries were all nations deceived.

24 And in her was found the blood of prophets, and of saints, and of all that were slain upon the earth.


Note:(This is a picture of the World Best system headed up under Old Rome, the pope being the Main of Sin-the Anti-Christ-the false prince-with Catholicism riding on its back. Ready to be destroyed by the 10 horned nations of Europe, the territory of the old Roman Empire. As the week of Daniel comes to a close, the political forces of these nations will turn to communism and destroy Catholicism, to fulfill the word of God, (Rev. 17:16) We have placed the 18th chapter ahead of chapter 17, for in it we see the 144,000 who started their ministry in the 14th Chapter continuing to condemn that beast system, calling for the people of God to come out of her and escape the plagues that are to come upon her. Chapter 17 identifies her and shows her destruction as far as her spiritual identity when she is swallowed up by communism in the 16th Verse. Both of these chapters are placed ahead of Chapter 16, for it is the one that shows the wrath of God being poured out upon all of that ungodly mess that is left. The seventh vial of Ch. 16, is the literal coming of Christ to earth for the windup of it all, therefore we must insert Chapter 15, which shows the martyred saints from the great tribulation, both Jews and Gentile foolish virgins, also the 14th Chapter 14-20, which announces the time for Christ to come and thrust in his sickle. At this time we can return to Chapter 6:12-17 for this is the sixth seal which has its fulfillment when Christ comes in Ch. 16, but just ahead of Chapter 16, we will insert Ch. 11:15-19, where we see the seventh angel announcing the end by saying the kingdoms of this world have become the kingdoms of our Lord, and of his Christ, and he shall reign forever and ever. After Chapter 16, Chapters 19-22 will have their fulfillment in the order that they are written in the Bible.)

Chapter 17:1-18

1 And there came one of the seven angels which had seven vials and talked with me, saying unto me, Come hither; I will shew unto thee the judgment of the great whore that sitteth upon many waters:

2 With whom the kings of the earth have committed fornication, and the inhabitants of the earth have been made drunk with the wine of her fornication.

3 So he carried me away in the spirit into the wilderness: and I saw a woman sit upon a scarlet coloured beast, full of names of blasphemy, having seven heads and ten horns.

4 And the woman was arrayed in purple and scarlet colour, and decked with gold and precious stones and pearls, having a golden cup in her hand full of abominations and filthiness of her fornication:


6 And I saw the woman drunken with the blood of the saints, and with the blood of the martyrs of Jesus: and when I saw her, I wondered with great admiration.

7 And the angel said unto me, Wherefore dist thou marvel? I will tell the mystery of the woman, and of the beast that carrieth her, which hath the seven heads and ten horns.

8 The beast that thou sawest was, and is not; and shall ascend out of the bottomless pit, and go into perdition: and they that dwell on the earth shall wonder, whose names were not written in the book of life from the foundation of the world, when they behold the beast that was, and is not, and yet it.

9 And here is the mind which hath wisdom. The seven heads are seven mountains on which the woman sitteth.

10 And there are seven kings: five are fallen, and one is, and the other is not yet come; and when he cometh, he must continue a short space.

11 And the beast that was, and is not, even he is the eighth, and is of the seven, and goeth into perdition.

12 And the ten horns which thou saweth are ten kings, which have received no kingdom as yet: but receive power as kings one hour with the beast.

13 These have one mind, and shall give their power and strength unto the beast.

14 These shall make war with the Lamb, and the Lamb shall overcome them: for He is Lord of lords, and King of kings: and they that are with him are called, and chosen, and faithful.

15 And he saith unto me, The waters which thou saweth, where the whore sitteth are peoples, and multitudes, and nations, and tongues.

16 And the ten horns which thou sawest upon the beast, these shall hate the whore, and shall make her desolate and naked, and shall eat her flesh, and burn her with fire.

17 For God hath put in their hearts to fulfill his will, and to agree, and give their kingdom unto the beast, until the words of God shall be fulfilled.

18 And the woman which thou sawest in that great city, which reigneth over the kings of the earth.

Note: (As the week of Daniel begins to come to the close, this is the spirits of tribulation saints now in heaven. Jewish and Gentile having been martyred on earth by the Anti-Christ.)

Chapter 15:1-8

1 And I saw another sign in heaven, great and marvelous, seven angels having the seven last plagues; for in them is filled up the wrath of God.

2 And I saw as it were a sea of glass mingled with fire: and them that had gotten the victory over the beast, and over his image, and over his mark, and over the number of his name, stand on the sea of glass, having the harps of God.

3 And they sing the song of Moses the servant of God, and the song of the Lamb, saying, Great and marvelous are thy works, Lord God Almighty; just and true are thy ways, thou King of saints.

4 Who shall not fear thee, O Lord, and glorify thy name? for thou only art holy: for all nations shall come and worship before thee; for thy judgments are made manifest.

5 And after that I looked, and, behold, the temple of the tabernacle of the testimony in heaven was opened:

6 And the seven angels came out of the temple, having the seven plagues, clothed in pure and white linen, and having their breasts girded with golden girdles.

7 And one of the four beasts gave unto the seven angels seven golden vials full of the wrath of God, who liveth forever and ever.

8 And the temple was filled with smoke from the glory of God, and from his power; and no man was able to enter into the temple, till the seven plagues of the seven angels were fulfilled.

Note: (The 70th week of Daniel is now drawing to a close, the man of sin has fulfilled his elected time of 42 month. The Devil has been worshiped through hi false peace system, the ear is red with the blood of martyred saints. The Lord Jesus in heaven is preparing for the windup of Armageddon, the fact that he has a golden crown shows that He is now King of kings, and His bride is in heaven with Him.)

Chapter 14:14-20

14 And I looked, and behold a white cloud, and upon the cloud one sat like unto the Son of man, having on his head a golden crown, and in his hand a sharp sickle.

15 And another angel came out of the temple, crying with a loud voice to him that sat on the cloud, Thrust in thy sickle, and reap: for the time is come for thee to reap; for the harvest of the earth is ripe.

16 And he that sat on the cloud thrust in his sickle on the earth; and the earth was reaped.

17 And another angel came out of the temple which is in heaven, he also having a sharp sickle.

18 And another angel came out from the altar, which had power over fire; and cried with a loud cry to him that had the sharp sickle, saying, Thrust in thy sharp sickle, and gather the clusters of the vine of the earth; for her grapes are fully ripe.

19 And the angel thrust in his sickle into the earth, and gathered the vine of the earth, and cast it into the great winepress of the wrath of God.

20 And the winepress was trodden without the city, and blood came out of the winepress, even unto the horse bridles, by the space of a thousand and six hundred furlongs.


Ancient WinepressNote: (The sixth Seal closes the tribulation and ushers in the Day of the Lord, Isaiah Ch. 13, Matthew Ch. 24, See Joel; The Sixth Seal announces Wrath.)

Chapter 6:12-17

12 And I beheld when he had opened the sixth seal, and, lo, there was a great earthquake; and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair, and the moon became as blood;

13 And the stars of heaven fell unto the earth, even as a fig tree casteth her untimely figs, when she is shaken of a mighty wind.

14 And the heaven departed as a scroll when it is rolled together; and every mountain and island were moved out of their places.

15 And the kings of the earth, and the great men, and the rich men, and the chief captains, and the mighty men, and every bondman, and every free man, hid themselves in the dens and in the rocks of the mountains;

16 And said to the mountains and rocks, Fall on us, and hide us from the face of him that sitteth on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb:

17 For the great day of his wrath is come; and who shall be able to stand?

Note: (It is the seventh angel that announces the end. By saying the Kingdoms of this world are become the Kingdoms of our Lord, he also announces the wrath of God.)

Chapter 11:15-19

15 And the seventh angel sounded; and there were great voices in heaven, saying, The kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of our Lord, and of his Christ; and he shall reign forever and ever.

16 And the four and twenty elders, which sat before God on their seats, fell upon their faces, and worshipped God,

17 Saying, We give thee thanks, O Lord God Almighty, which art, and wast, and art to come; because thou hast taken to thee thy great power, and hast reigned.

18 And the nations were angry, and thy wrath is come, and the time of the dead, that they should be judged, and that thou shouldest give reward unto thy servants the prophets, and to the saints, and them that fear thy name, small and great; and shouldest destroy them which destroy the earth.

19 And the temple of God was opened in heaven, and there was seen in his temple the ark of his testament: and there were lightnings, and voices, and thunderings, and an earthquake, and great hail.

Note: (Now starts the day of His wrath which shall fulfill all things ever spoken of by the prophets of Old or the apostles of the New Testament.)

Chapter 16:1-21

1 And I heard a great voice out of the temple saying to the seven angels, Go your ways, and pour out the vials of the wrath of God upon the earth.

2 And the first went, and poured out his vial upon the earth; and there fell a noisome and grievous sore upon the men which had the mark of the beast, and upon them which worshipped his image.

3 And the second angel poured out his vial upon the sea; and it became as the blood of a dead man: and every living soul died in the sea.

4 And the third angel poured out his vial upon the rivers and fountains of waters; and they became blood.

5 And I heard the angel of the waters say, Thou art righteous, O Lord, which art, and wast, and shalt be, because thou hast judged thus.

6 For they have shed the blood of saints and prophets, and thou hast given them blood to drink; for they are worthy.

7 And I heard another out of the altar say, Even so, Lord God Almighty, true and righteous are thy judgments.

8 And the fourth angel poured out his vial upon the sun; and power was given unto him to scorch men with fire.

9 And men were scorched with great heat, and blasphemed the name of God, which hath power over these plagues: and they repented not to give him glory.

10 And the fifth angel poured out his vial upon the seat of the beast; and his kingdom was full of darkness; and they gnawed their tongues for pain,

11 And blasphemed the God of heaven because of their pains and their sores, and repented not of their deeds.

12 And the sixth angel poured out his vial upon the great river Euphrates; and the water thereof was dried up, that the way of the kings of the east might be prepared.

13 And I saw three unclean spirits like frogs come out of the mouth of the dragon, and out of the mouth of the beast, and out of the mouth of the false prophet.

14 For they are the spirits of devils, working miracles, which go forth unto the kings of the earth and of the whole world, to gather them to the battle of that great day of God Almighty.

15 Behold, I come as a thief. Blessed is he that watcheth, and keepeth his garments, lest he walk naked, and they see his shame.

16 And he gathered them together into a place called in the Hebrew tongue Armageddon.

17 And the seventh angel poured out his vial into the air; and there came a great voice out of the temple of heaven, from the throne, saying, It is done.

18 And there were voices, and thunders, and lightnings; and there was a great earthquake, such as was not since men were upon the earth, so mighty an earthquake, and so great.

19 And the great city was divided into three parts, and the cities of the nations fell: and great Babylon came in remembrance before God, to give unto her the cup of the wine of the fierceness of his wrath.

20 And every island fled away, and the mountains were not found.

21 And there fell upon men a great hail out of heaven, every stone about the weight of a talent: and men blasphemed God because of the plague of the hail; for the plague thereof was exceeding great.


Chapter 19:1-21

1 And after these things I heard a great voice of much people in heaven, saying, Alleluia; Salvation, and glory, and honour, and power, unto the Lord our God:

2 For true and righteous are his judgments: for he hath judged the great whore, which did corrupt the earth with her fornication, and hath avenged the blood of his servants at her hand.

3 And again they said, Alleluia. And her smoke rose up forever and ever.

4 And the four and twenty elders and the four beasts fell down and worshipped God that sat on the throne, saying, Amen; Alleluia.

5 And a voice came out of the throne, saying, Praise our God, all ye his servants, and ye that fear him, both small and great.

6 And I heard as it were the voice of a great multitude, and as the voice of many waters, and as the voice of mighty thunderings, saying, Alleluia: for the Lord God omnipotent reigneth.

7 Let us be glad and rejoice, and give honour to him: for the marriage of the Lamb is come, and his wife hath made herself ready.

8 And to her was granted that she should be arrayed in fine linen, clean and white: for the fine linen is the righteousness of saints.

9 And he saith unto me, Write, Blessed are they which are called unto the marriage supper of the Lamb. And he saith unto me, These are the true sayings of God.

10 And I fell at his feet to worship him. And he said unto me, See thou do it not: I am thy fellowservant, and of thy brethren that have the testimony of Jesus: worship God: for the testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy.

11 And I saw heaven opened, and behold a white horse; and he that sat upon him was called Faithful and True, and in righteousness he doth judge and make war.

12 His eyes were as a flame of fire, and on his head were many crowns; and he had a name written, that no man knew, but he himself.

13 And he was clothed with a vesture dipped in blood: and his name is called The Word of God.

14 And the armies which were in heaven followed him upon white horses, clothed in fine linen, white and clean.

15 And out of his mouth goeth a sharp sword, that with it he should smite the nations: and he shall rule them with a rod of iron: and he treadeth the winepress of the fierceness and wrath of Almighty God.

16 And he hath on his vesture and on his thigh a name written, KING OF KINGS, AND LORD OF LORDS.

17 And I saw an angel standing in the sun; and he cried with a loud

voice, saying to all the fowls that fly in the midst of heaven, Come and gather yourselves together unto the supper of the great God;

18 That ye may eat the flesh of kings, and the flesh of captains, and the flesh of mighty men, and the flesh of horses, and of them that sit on them, and the flesh of all men, both free and bond, both small and great.

19 And I saw the beast, and the kings of the earth, and their armies, gathered together to make war against him that sat on the horse, and against his army.

20 And the beast was taken, and with him the false prophet that wrought miracles before him, with which he deceived them that had received the mark of the beast, and them that worshipped his image. These both were cast alive into a lake of fire burning with brimstone.

21 And the remnant were slain with the sword of him that sat upon the horse, which sword proceeded out of his mouth: and all the fowls were filled with their flesh.

Six—Six—Six – 1976, November




Turn to Revelation 13 where we will study the final drastic results of the last system of numbers on this earth. Those numbers are three digits, 666. While it is true 666 is definitely the number of a man who heads the old resurrected Roman beast system of the final days, it also embraces and climaxes all that man in this lifetime ever hoped to attain through his social, political and religious structure. In other words, it is as far as mankind can go. 666 not only is the number of a man, it is also the completeness of everything mankind has ever been able to progressively achieve from the Garden of Eden up unto the hour that 666 appears on the scene.




Bear in mind, 666 could never occur at any hour in human history other than at the close of the age! Are you aware that at various times in history other men’s names were also equivalent in number to 666 when broken down into Roman Numerals, however, those men could not possibly have been 666 because mankind had not progressed to the hour when all his achievements would be culminated or climaxed into the digit numbers of 666 because 666 is the climax of all things and is absolutely as far as mankind can go. In other words after 666 comes on the scene something else will have to take over.




In this article it is not our intentions to begin our study with the number 666. No, because 666, the number of the man, does not appear until the close of the age. Our intention, first of all, is to study all that 666 embraces and we do that by thoroughly examining Revelation 13. Revelation 12:6 shows what happens to Israel during the last half of Daniel’s 70th prophetic week and Revelation 13 runs in true parallel with what is shown in Revelation 12:6-17. Revelation 13 carries no prior fulfillment but portrays man’s final segment of time being fulfilled within that final prophetic 70th week of Daniel. Somewhere before us lies a seven year period and each year we move progressively toward that hour! All worldly systems and human developments are rapidly preparing or setting the stage for Daniel’s 70th Week. Although Revelation 13 will not occur during any time period other than the end of the age, it is interesting to note in studying Daniel 7 you have precisely those same events yet the things Daniel saw concerning this beast system transpired strictly during the Dark Ages (900-1500). Bear in mind what was seen in Daniel 7 sets the stage for what will appear in the last days, known prophetic wise as Daniel’s 70th week.






The symbolic picture shows John in Revelation 13 as follows- Verse 1–and I (John) stood upon the sand of the sea and saw a beast rise up out of the sea. Remember beloved, this sea is precisely the same body of water Daniel dreamed about and is recorded in Daniel 7. While asleep Daniel dreamed of the four winds of heaven as it strove upon this sea. God used the sea to symbolize the Mediterranean because all four of the world empires as they arose in their respective world, all four affected Israel. Each one of these world empires, Babylon, Media-Persia, Grecian as well as the Roman, all sailed the Mediterranean Sea during their great earthly conquest. All four crossed the Mediterranean to invade, capture, rule and suppress the Holy Land.




It was under the rule of these four world empires conquering Israel that Joel the prophet (Joel 1:4) summarized what had happened to Israel through their suppression when he said, that which the palmerworm hath left the locust ate, that which the locust left the cankerworm ate and that which the cankerworm left the caterpillar stripped and ate……Joel spake of how these four empires had barked the fig tree. Remember Israel is and always will be God’s fig tree! These four insects which symbolize the four world empires had gnawed away at the fig tree and stripped it of its leaves, etc.




The Middle East has always been plagued with locusts. Some botanists declare Joel’s language concerning the work of these four insects upon God’s fig tree is actually the work of only one insect which changes into four different stages. Not being a botanist I could not verify this statement, however this I do know, whether it was four different insects or it be only one; insect changing itself into four different stages, it all symbolizes what began to happen to Israel around the 6th Century B.C. once God allowed the forces of these empires to begin their gnawing away at the nation of Israel, Joel spoke of what the insects had eaten away. We know one thing taken away from Israel was her last king, Zedekiah. Babylon plucked out his eyes before his death. Another thing taken away was the destruction of their beautiful city as well as Solomon’s temple. These insects, one after the other as portrayed in Joel’s prophecy, gnawed away at the very existence of Israel for over 400 years! Israel lingered on only as a race, not as a separate independent nation that she had once been. Yes, these four world empires continually gnawed away at Israel’s national existence. It was all done to fulfill God’s word. The Spirit speaking through Joel unto the nation also declared, (Joel 2:25-32) I will restore the years the cankerworm, caterpillar, palmerworm and locust hath eaten. My fig tree which they barked will again put forth leaves.




Evangelists through the years have continually used that setting as a type declaring what God intended to do for the church. Beloved, that does not apply to the church! That statement applies strictly to Israel! The only portion of Joel’s prophecy having any connection to the church whatsoever was where Joel stated that during the same process of time that God would be prophetically restoring to the nation her geographical territory national identity, etc., during that time period he would pour out the Holy Ghost. It is that part of the Holy Ghost that can be applied to the church! True, the church did go through a similar setting as this; seeing it, too, was stripped of her original revelatory teaching, her power, authority in the word, etc., and she will be restored. Nevertheless, I repeat, in true actuality of what these insects typified and characterized as having done, applied strictly to the work of what these four world empires did in stripping Israel, “God’s fig tree”.




Note, these four world empires shown in Daniel’s dream (Dan. 7) were all the process of these four winds striving upon one sea and that one sea the Mediterranean. Recall in Daniel’s hour the new world had not yet been discovered and the Far East or Orient was practically unknown. Therefore all four of these world empires existed around the Mediterranean Sea. The setting of the sea not only speaks of the Mediterranean body of water, it also symbolizes and represents the masses of people there in the old world, basically in Europe and the Middle East. Therefore, let’s keep our prophetic setting even in Revelation 13 concerning this beast coming out of the sea as basically affecting the territories of Europe and the Middle East.




With that prophetic setting in mind, we are ready to examine what John the Revelator some 600 years after Daniel’s dream, had revealed, although in Revelation 13 John did not see those four winds blowing on the sea to form those four world empires as had Daniel. No, because it wasn’t necessary for John to see the four winds blowing. In John’s hour they had already blown upon the sea and formed the four empires. However, John did see the same beast once again rising up out of that very same body of water because this beast would rise up out of the very same territory from which it had previously risen. It represents also the same realm of people, therefore note, the same sea used in Daniel’s vision is also used in John’s vision. It is the same beast Daniel watched in his dream coming up and going off out through time into the Dark Ages, because in that Dark Age setting was where all those things such as the ten horns as well as the little horn appeared on this beast. See beloved it is the same beast John., in 96 A.D. while in the spirit, saw coming up for its final appearance (in our day) as Daniel’s 70th Week somewhere out in front of us is being ready to be initiated in. From here on nations won’t have any rest. National problems such as Israel and the Arabs will go unsettled. Economies will only tend to worsen therefore when the hour arrives in mankind’s history for that final prophetic week to be ushered in, it will be none other than a period of time of man’s final achievement wherein he hopes and trusts that finally he has reached his oasis. However, that which at first looks so good soon climaxes into disaster for man (Matt. 24:21-22).


Let’s examine closer this beast John saw rising up out of the sea. Bear in mind, the territory setting involved is none other than Europe and the Middle East. Recall, when John saw the beast 600 years after Daniel, it had grown seven heads but still carried its ten horns, whereas when Daniel saw the beast rise up out of the sea it had only one gigantic head. Watching it go off out in time into the Dark Ages, Daniel saw ten horns developed on the head of the beast. Daniel mainly saw the Roman Empire or this 4th beast in its B.C. setting when the beast consisted of only one gigantic head, having great iron teeth and claws with which it devoured the whole prophetic earth. The one head seen on the body of the beast symbolized Rome’s first form of political government under the rule of the great caesars basically within your B.C. period. Nevertheless, as Daniel continued to watch this beast’s head, he saw it go off through time until out of the one gigantic head began to grow ten horns which symbolized the hour the Roman Empire would collapse or break up and form ten separate European nations. Yes, the ten horns appearing on the head of the beast was historically fulfilled during the break up of the Roman imperial system, a system established and first ruled by men from Rome, Italy who called themselves caesars. When the fourth empire finally reached the hour its various forms of government, illustrated by the six smaller heads later formed on the beast which John saw, could no longer rule that vast territory because of such rebellion and insurrection among its people, it collapsed and the vast territory under Roman rule now divided or separated itself into ten separate European countries and begins carrying their own personal national identity as was illustrated by the ten horns growing out on the beast’s head. As a new European country would be formed out of the old territory, out would pop another little horn on the head of the beast until finally ten horns were perfectly formed on the beast’s head. Even though the old imperial system of the vast Roman Empire had steadily been declining and weakening throughout the centuries, nevertheless, the city or seat of government where this gigantic empire was governed or ruled from remains always to be in Rome, Italy. Therefore beloved, it will be of necessity we always keep the setting of the ruling power of government for this fourth beast always stationed in Rome, Italy!


According to Daniel we realize the Roman Empire will be the last beast system to ever literally rule the world and Rome will be its seat of government. Don’t let anyone ever tell you the world will someday be ruled from Wall Street or Moscow or some other place. No, Rome, Italy, the city set on seven hills is always the setting for the seat of government surrounding the fourth beast or world empire.




Although the beast John saw (Rev. 13) had grown seven heads since Daniel saw it, nevertheless, it still carried its original ten horns seen in Daniel’s vision. The ten horns were acquired during the Dark Ages. 600 years later John sees the same identical beast coming back up out of that same sea carrying its same original ten horns. No, it had not lost a single one! Recall, in Daniel’s vision along with the ten horns appeared (Daniel 7:8) another little horn! Numerically it would appear the beast had now developed eleven horns. That is not the picture at all! Literally there was never eleven horns on the beast, only ten. Then how do we account for Daniel seeing this other little horn arise? Very simple, Remember the ten horns which grew from the head of the beast or fourth empire are all characterized, fulfilled and functions today as ten separate independent European nations which once were a part of this one gigantic empire ruled over from the city of Rome, Italy. If you will note, on a map the area of land called Italy is shaped like a boot! Rome walked all over the world and trampled everything under her feet.




But what about this other mysterious little horn which Daniel saw appearing among the ten horns, yet only ten horns actually appear on the beast’s head. Since there can’t be eleven horns on the beast, how was it Daniel saw this little horn come up and magnify itself far above its fellow horns? It is simply this,……. if the city of Rome was to continue to maintain its function and superiority over these ten horns or ten nations, even though they had already broken away from Rome causing the collapse of this great Roman Empire and formed their own individual governments, nevertheless if Rome (the city) is to still maintain superiority over these ten nations, it can no longer be accomplished through that present imperial political rule as Satan desired be done. Therefore, the ruling system of government must come through, still another system or source, but that system must still be in the city of Rome. A system that would turn out to be more powerful, more deceptive, and last even longer in its initial effect over these ten nations than had previous forms of government. This is where Daniel saw the little horn rise up out of the ten! That power of the little horn was none other than the ecclesiastical power which was also in Rome, Italy, the Roman Catholic Church. Remember, a horn not only symbolizes a nation, it also symbolizes a power!




Through the process of time, especially after 325 A.D. when what was called Christianity was accepted without conversion by the pagan Roman political state under Emperor Constantine, Christianity became legally recognized and accepted throughout the Roman Empire as their main religion. Hence, in 325 A.D. the two church and state were married and from that period on until around the 8th or 9th Century A.D. Satan, ruling master of Rome, seeing his present old imperial form of Roman political government rapidly decaying, slipping and losing control over this vast territory, becoming now so weakened that the political emperor with headquarters in Rome could no longer successfully rule, suppress and sovereignly control this vast territory, recognizing his present form of Roman rule was becoming short lived and in order to keep all authority still with the city of Rome, does somewhat of a sleight-of-hand trick.




Yes, as that ruling Satanic spirit began to lose out through the ancient political throne of the caesars, to maintain all authority in Rome we now see him doing something else still within that very same city of Rome. History says a continual squabble for power had gone on for sometime between the imperial Roman political throne within the city of Rome and that of the ecclesiastical bishop’s office also in Rome. The ecclesiastical office of the Roman church in Rome we note was first called “bishop”, then around the 6th century began to be referred to as pope or “papa”. Even as early as the 5th century the bishop of Rome (Daniels little horn) seeing this great imperial, political power of Rome rapidly diminishing and decaying, slowly begins to insert his own authority over the European nations in both their political as well as their spiritual matters.




Thus within the 5th Century Christianity had already become widespread throughout the vast territories of the Roman Empire and even as early as the 3rd Century had already penetrated Russia and the British Isles. Thus all the vast territories within the Roman Empire had been christianized but with what kind of Christianity had the empire been christianized! Bear in mind, this is around the 5th and 6th century and the previous generations of all those early apostolic Christians are now asleep in Christ. Those minds, hearts and lives of the earlier century Christians who had been so fervently set on fire through the initial revelation of truth preached back there in the early age were now all dead. This leaves the so- called watered down gospel or new breed of Christianity (seeing that is about all it was by the 4th century)in the hands of the younger lukewarm generations who, even generations earlier had permitted Satan to make steady inroads into the church and was clever enough to conceal his major purpose in what he was doing deceiving the whole world. Now by the 5th century he slowly begins a program wherein he will change or shift the position of power in Rome but in so doing will continue to maintain all his authority over the people and keep his ruling voice coming from Rome as he previously had.




Recall, we are examining how a little horn appears among ten horns in Daniel’s vision, as Daniel declared the little horn rose up among the ten horns in far greater power. Satan’s objective, even though he knows the old Roman imperial power being ruled from Rome is rapidly losing its grip upon the people must in order, to keep that authority and power within the city of Rome do something quickly! Therefore, like a puppeteer who pulls the strings on wooden dolls to make them active, leaves the old imperial caesar throne which is crumbling there in Rome and goes over to still another spot in Rome where he now begins to influence the ecclesiastical bishop’s chair or throne. As this happens the ecclesiastical bishop of Rome, now called the pope begins to feel very important and from his throne starts pulling political strings as he becomes inspired with a revelation of church earthly rule, church power and religious domination and authority!




Recall, the Roman bishop’s earthly subjects of so-called Christianity are now all over the Roman Empire. Yes, even those territories which broke away from the old imperial political power there in Rome were still tied to Rome, not through the political imperial systems, oh, no, but tied to Rome strictly through the power of the church itself. Moreover, from the 5th century on, the power of the church steadily grew and by the time you reach the 8th and 9th century, history proves the power and authority of the ecclesiastical bishop’s throne there in Rome far outstripped and outweighed through power, pressure and influence that of the emperors authority who still tried to rule the empire from the city of Rome. Following the hour of decay of this Roman Empire we see the rise of the Roman bishop in Rome becoming the little horn or ecclesiastical power which grew and grew over all the other horns. (Dan. 7:8). No, the little horn seen in Daniel’s vision did not add another European nation to the overall European structure. It was simply the power of the Roman Catholic Church which took over and ruled the empire, both politically and spiritual wise! Thus you see the eleventh horn was strictly a spiritual horn while the other ten horns were temporal, political, national powers.




Daniel declared he watched until the little horn grew far above its fellow horns and magnified and exalted itself, which simply means the little horn received far greater recognition and attention than the others. Why? Because all the people were subject religiously to the little horn in so much that scripture declares, the little horn (within the Dark Age period) uprooted three of the other horns to prove to everyone who was boss! Keep in mind, the uprooting of the three horns does not erase from the European pictures or beast’s head three horns of his original ten—-that is not the picture at all. The beast still maintained its original ten horns, even when John saw it 600 years later. What then does the uprooting or three horns signify? It simply means, somewhere during that period of history while these ten horns were coming into their geographical identity and territorial positions on that old Roman beastly head system in Europe that this 11th horn or spiritual horn was also coming up seeking supremacy over all the other ten horns and somewhere in history would establish such a power that three of these temporal, political national horns or powers would somewhere attempt to refuse to submit to the authority of the 11th horn which, remember represents a spiritual power.


History shows exactly what happened. If ever one of these ten European nations tried to resist the power of the church as three horns did, the papal office simply uttered a few words and that national kind of the country had to bow quickly before the little horn. For a horn to be plucked up did not mean the king lost his national identity, no, he was still king over his people, it only showed he had rebelled against the authority of the little horn and had been made to submit.


King Henry of Germany, once having rebelled against the pope, in order to have an audience with the pope was forced to stand three days, barefoot in the cold snow as a man doing penance before the little horn would forgive him. Another such example of a horn being plucked up was when a King of France refused to bow. The pope simply ordered a strike in France, the dead wasn’t buried, stores were closed and nothing operated. France’s entire economy in a matter of weeks would have crumbled. Therefore that national horn was made to submit to the little horn. And so the story goes until three such kings were made to submit. There always remained ten horns on the beast. What Daniel was seeing was a picture of what continually happened throughout the Dark Ages as the little horn made all the ten horns submit to his power and authority.




Thus what we see in Revelation 13 is nothing but a resurrection of that old dark age system being resurrected in a modern era of time. Resurrected through that seventh head on the beast which will be completely healed and restored as the ecclesiastical power of the church once again takes over, it will be an embracing or a climax of all that Satan through this Roman system ever hoped to acquire in that of obtaining worship unto himself and it is also to this Roman system that Israel will once again be politically tied. Israel will again, as before, be affected by this fourth beast system in its final stage, as prophecy in its entirety will be fulfilled. As John saw that beast now having those seven heads, not simply one as Daniel saw, we might ask ourselves what formed these other six heads on the creature. They are nothing more than six other forms of Roman government yet always ruling her subjects from the city of Rome. However, the seventh head on the creature carries a compound or two-fold meaning.




Let’s examine more closely that seventh head which carries that compound meaning and is spoken of as the eighth which actually is of the seventh (head) which was, and is not, and yet is, is of (or belongs to) the 8th head. Here again we must clarify that there is only seven heads to begin with! Again you have a paradox, much like what you saw in Daniel 11 concerning the 11th horn when actually there were only ten horns on the beast. Just as that 11th horn was something totally spiritual but truly was a power, likewise is it with the seven heads which recall are all tied to Rome, however the seventh head carries a compound meaning.




What is this mysterious eighth head (of the 7th) John discusses? The prophet to the age declared this beast as it rises up once again. The deadly wound on the head is healed , the restoration of the imperial system of Rome. Let’s illustrate it this way, Satan who once influenced the caesar’s chair there in Rome, saw to it that whenever the caesars were riding through the streets of Rome, his subjects always bowed and worshiped him as caesar or emperor. No caesar (first head on the beast)of Rome ever referred to himself as a king. Instead always used the term emperor which means imperial, sovereign ruler, Beloved only God is an emperor, only God is imperial ruler. Recall when Satan seeing how the old imperial, political system in Rome (1sthead)began to fade or decay, in order to still maintain his authority in the city of Rome simply moved over and influenced the bishop’s chair and by the time the 7th-9th century had appeared Satan was having his crowning heyday in the dark ages. Study history from the 7th-9th century and you will see how those popes began declaring that the office of the pope in Rome was the vicar of Christ and that it was he and he alone (not the Roman Emperor who was sovereign, universal ruler of both, man’s temporal as well as his spiritual matters of ruling his soul. That is why it is said the same devil who once spoke through Nero, the last emperor to be represented on that first head, now spoke through the pope, the eighth head which was of the seventh head. His is that office in Rome which is portrayed as the beast who was (here in power) and is not, yet is (for a little while during the tribulation period, Rev. 17:11-12).




The seventh head carries a dual meaning because it embraces also the eighth head or church government which ruled over spiritual and temporal matters of the people in the crumbling Roman Empire. Thus the eighth head represented by church government was embraced within the decay of the old seventh head which was none other than the seventh form of political government ruling the old imperial political power of Rome. Bear in mind, the Roman empire went through seven major breakups of governmental rule before it finally reached its slowest ebb and collapsed there in the seventh head when the emperor of Rome carried no power or authority whatsoever. Therefore when that same spirit which had once rested on that imperial throne there in Rome is now sent to rest on the bishop’s throne there in Rome, watch him now, he begins to take over both political state and church affairs. This the eighth head is none other than a spiritual head or church government taking over the remains of the old Roman imperial government, blending together both church and state government into one, whereas before it was state government and church government, now it is just the opposite! Having a system ruling like that under Satan you can’t expect to have anything but apostasy and deception. This, I trust, shows how the seventh head on the beast carried a dual meaning. Revelation 13 did not speak of the seventh head in a compound term, although Revelation 17 does. Moreover, we see in Revelation 17 the destruction of the thing while Revelation 13 reveals to us only the rise of the thing. Remember, once this beast system shown in Revelation 13 rises up and shakes itself you only have seven years before its fall! Revelation 17 gives a full account of its fall.




Continuing on with Rev. 13:1, John said the beast had seven heads and ten horns and upon his ten horns, ten crowns. Ten crowns speak of ten European kingly governments which formed themselves once the breakup came within the old Roman imperial system. All ten of these crowns establish a kingly royal line of people and for centuries Germany, France, Italy, etc. all had their separate royal lines who fell heir to the throne. Yes, these ten horns had their own separate royal lineage which was definitely a fulfillment of Daniel’s prophecy who said their seed will mingle one with the other (intermarry)showing how these royal families would continually try to unite Europe or unite all that territory once ruled over by the Roman Empire. They would continually try to unite Europe back into one powerful political system as before although they would be unable to do so. Mingling seed for this accomplishment showed they would try to unite the countries through intermarriage, marrying a royal daughter to another national king’s royal son. But Daniel, when interpreting his dream, said they would not cleave one to another because they would be partly strong and partly weak. Beloved, hear me, it will only be under the one rule of the antichrist who is of the eighth head but is of the seventh head on the beast, only his office alone will be able in a sense to glue those ten European nations together and that is only going to be for a brief period of time because Daniel declared the stone hewed out of the mountain will come tearing down and smash the entire beast system, striking the beast at his feet, crumbling his ten toes!




Notice carefully something else which was upon these seven heads. John said upon his (seven) heads was the name of blasphemy. What is the meaning of this? Recall how in its initial hour of power under that old imperial caesar system or first head, first form of Roman government when Rome stood at her zenith or height in power and glory and Julius Caesar proclaimed himself Imperial Sovereign Ruler, that was blasphemy! Even though that system began to decay going through seven forms of government each head or system of Roman government continually weakened, nevertheless, each ruler who sat in that emperor’s throne still proclaimed himself to be emperor or imperial ruler, though each head continued to weaken giving way to still other forms of government, as a new head would be formed on the beast, to continually declare one self supreme, universal ruler was blasphemy! Had the man declared himself a king, nothing would have been said because the term king was characterized by these ten crowns on these ten horns.


Note, none of these ten crowns ever retained the title of emperor, it was always king. But the Emperor of Rome considered himself imperial, sovereign, universal ruler and that was definitely blasphemy! On and on that blasphemous title was passed and continued to rest upon all seven forms of Roman government until finally the blasphemous title rested upon the Roman ecclesiastical bishop’s chair and once it had reached here, he too reached over and took the same position when he did believe it or not, the same blasphemous title was attached to his own office, also. He, too, begins declaring himself sovereign, universal, bishop ruler of man’s soul–that was blasphemy. No matter what you tie that blasphemous title unto, it will always strictly belong to Rome. It matters not who sets in the chair, it is still blasphemy. Therefore John declared, upon (all) the seven heads was written the name blasphemy. You can see in its restored state when the seventh head is healed it too will also be the title the antichrist will naturally attribute to himself!




In verse 2 John describes the body of the beast, as being like unto a leopard. What could a leopard characterize within this resurrected Roman beast system? The fourth beast wasn’t a leopard in Daniel’s vision, why liken it unto a leopard now? It simply means when the future hour arrives for this dreaded thing to arise and become completely formed there in Europe it will certainly engulf all the territory the Grecian Empire acquired characterized by the leopard in Daniel’s vision. That is why it had feet like a bear. To typify and show it would engulf all the territory of the old Media-Persia Empire. The mouth of a lion signified it will take in all the territory of the Babylonian Empire. Remember, when that thing walks out of the water upon the sands getting ready to shake itself, Daniel’s final 70th week will be upon the world!




Daniel (Daniel 7) saw and described those first four beasts coming up which was none other than the four world empires, the first was a lion (Babylon Empire), second a bear (Media-Persia) third a leopard (Grecian) and fourth Daniel described was more terrible to gaze upon with those huge shiny iron teeth ready to devour the whole prophetic earth! It was the last beast empire which would be the only one to exist through time until the coming of Christ (both advents). Recall the angel interpreting the vision to Daniel concerning those four beasts declared how the first three beasts would have their dominion taken away yet their lives would be prolonged for a season and a time, Daniel 7:12. See, the life of the three empires were not taken away but held in reserve for a later hour. They had their dominion and worldly empire taken from them but their lives, that is the spirits of these countries, peoples and territories were prolonged for a season and a time. Why? Because it would every bit be tied politically and economically to Rome in the last days!




Most of that part of the world from where those three empires sprang is either apostate religion such as Greek Orthodox or Moslem in their belief. That is why when the antichrist had fully come on the scene, being identified and introduced to the world those Middle East countries, though apostate in religion as far as Christianity is concerned seeing they are Moslem in their belief, can never be identified or aligned with a communistic power as they still believe in a God! Their belief in a god prohibits them from ever being identified with a communistic ideology.




The beast John saw having a body likened unto a leopard shows that system will engulf the spirit of the Old Grecian Empire. Though Greece today is having her internal political troubles, she is nevertheless still aligned in a military commitment to NATO which is represented in these ten nations of Europe. NATO acts as a military bulwark against Communist Russia. Over the past 30 years as this vast area of Europe and the Middle East has built their atomic rocketry, America has pumped billions of military equipment into them building their radar systems, launching rocket systems, etc. Why? To protect Europe, which includes Greece and the Middle East from Russia and her communistic influence. The fear and belief is that one day Russia’s influence will over run Europe and the Middle East to rule the world. All this was accomplished to fulfill Bible prophecy.


Russia, that vast territory of the cold north country, some 75 years ago stood completely represented as an illiterate people ruled from the Middle Ages by the power of the Greek Orthodox Church which had infiltrated its influence into the royal czar family of Russia, and had robbed and stripped the Russian people blind of their wealth. Such a setting was perfect for the doctrinal breeding ground of communism as taught by Karl Marx and Nicolai Lenin, who much earlier, had written their communistic thesis while studying in France. Marx and Lenin, both aware even from an early hour what the power of an apostate church system ruling over government could do, wrote their thesis with the intentions of showing Europe, especially Catholic France, how an application of their teaching would destroy such a system as the church. France refused their teaching and after trying it in Germany and being kicked out of there, turns to that cold barren wasteland of Russia where they could work upon the illiterate minds ruled over by the Greek Orthodox Church. Secretly they taught their beliefs to the people and within one generation of time had caused a revolution and an overthrow of the Russian government, overthrowing the czar rulership and destroying the power of the Russian Greek Orthodox Church and killing perhaps as many as 20 million people. Thus we can see why communistic Russia was raised up in this last day, not to rule the world but only to serve as an incubator to educate agents, to spread that system which would one day come right in under the nose of all of this other apostate religious stuff, especially in Europe, and simply gnaw it to pieces.




According to John, the east not only had a body resembling a leopard but had feet like a bear. Can’t you see the spirit of the bear or the old Medes and Persians there in the Middle East being engulfed into this last day system. The creature had a mouth like a lion. That doesn’t mean the beast speaks from this area in which the old Babylonian Empire came from. No, remember to keep the setting in Rome but the fact the mouth was likened unto that of a lion shows it also carries or embraces within its structure all that the Babylonian Empire characterized as well as the spirit of the old Babylonian Empire. See, that completes the cycle of territory around the Middle East and by that hour what comes out of the mouth of that beast will not only be blasphemy, he will rule the prophetic world exactly as did that old Babylonian system! The spirit of the lion characterizes the Babylonian system.


John continues by saying in verse 2, and the dragon (note this is the same red dragon which is the power of Satan symbolized in that great celestial vision shown in Rev. 12), gave him (the beast which is that earthly system seen embracing countries, peoples, races, etc.) His power and his seat (meaning power and authority). Note, Satan did it and the world embraced it! We know nothing good can come from it, because it is of the devil!




Satan’s purpose is shown in verse 3. And, I saw one of his (seven) heads as it were wounded. Note it was not one of the horns which had been wounded but one of its heads that had somewhere in the past been wounded unto death but had now recovered. Recall the beast only had seven heads and over each head was written the name blasphemy. Which head had been wounded? The seventh head of course! It was the last form of government to ever be formed on the beast. Recall the last form of old imperial Roman government was so weak it was taken over by the Catholic Church who ruled supremely from the 9th-15th Century. This is what was wounded but in Revelation 13 it had recovered from its deadly wound. A study of European history during that period shows it was none other than church government ruling Europe in the final stages of the Dark Ages, Jews have a much better history of themselves than do the poor gentiles. It is all because of what the power of that church system had done.




Therefore the wounded head which is now completely healed in verse 3 is none other than church government blended into the old political Roman system of government, and the pope setting in the city of seven hills called Rome was holding the reins of the last form of the old imperial Roman government. It was he who now drove the chariot through the streets during the 9th-15th Century and embraced that blasphemous title! Let any king rise up during that period against him and he simply would call a strike and paralyze that country until the king submitted to his authority.


Now get this picture in Revelation 13. There comes a day when God says, Satan I am going to allow you to get back in your own driver’s seat of authority for a while. Since I am going to restore my own church back unto her original position, I will permit your wounded head on the beast to be healed. What was the wound unto death seen on one of the heads of this beast? The wound unto death carries a two- fold meaning. It was both spiritual and natural.




First, let’s examine the wound from the spiritual aspect. From within the very college of Catholic monks within the 16th Century came a man named Martin Luther who was well versed in all Catholicism stood for. Feeling so wretched Luther searched deeply for reality that could satisfy his soul and give him a peace of mind, God spoke to him—–Martin Luther, turning to the scriptures, settled this truth in his heart, wrote his 95 thesis and nailed them onto the church door at Wittenberg, Germany, turned and boldly faced the multitude standing nearby saying, this is what I have against this ruling church system! Therefore with the sword of the spirit Luther began whacking and preaching his new revelation–the just shall live by faith. Throughout Germany people rallied to his cause. The king of Germany rallied to his rescue, defying the pope to do to him what he had done to John Huss and other reformers who had earlier tried to pick up the sword of the spirit and contest his authority. With the preaching of Luther, God gave Catholicism a terrible whack with that spiritual sword. Luther’s preaching put a spirit of boldness in people. His teachings had no sooner began burning in people’s hearts when along came John Calvin and again with the sword of the spirit he, too, drove deep into that system.


Next with the sword of the spirit came Zwingli and Knox and still others. By the time you reach the 18th Century Catholicism had already received a considerable lick or wound in the seventh head by the sword of the gospel. This deadly wound in the head simply indicates the papal power was losing its grip over European life!




In 1787 God dealt this system a blow she will never forget! Napoleon Bonaparte who sought to establish a French empire could never rule the world as he had hoped. Nevertheless, because the power of the Catholic Church was detested, despised and contested by practically every loyal king in Europe by 1787 France, under Napoleon, being the powerful nation that she was, sent Gen. Berthier to Rome to arrest the aging pope. From the hour of 1787 no pope would be allowed to sit in the same position of authority their predecessors had! The old man arrested was brought to France and placed in prison where later he died. A younger man was placed upon the papal throne and from that hour up unto around Word War I, although they still retained ecclesiastical supervision over the universal church and wherever possible pulled political strings nevertheless, the power of the church was in no position to tell any nation what they could or could not do. European nations at least for now were free of this dictatorship and now with this new found freedom they enter into what is known throughout Europe as the period of great colonization within many parts of the world. But one thing was for sure, the seventh head on the beast now wounded unto death did not remain in charge. Each nation was free to do as it chose.




However note, shocking as it may sound John saw in Revelation 13, when that beast rose up out of the sea and came upon dry land, its head wounded unto death had now been restored and healed! When was this healing on this head to take place? It is healed in the latter days of the reformation as God closes out the gentile dispensation. During this time God had restored back his end time people to the revelation of truth as it was taught in the early apostolic days wherein they could be a part of the true bride of Christ. During this same period of time he had also restored Israel to her homeland and at the same time was resurrecting this old Roman beastly system! Slowly restoring back to this system that same governmental rule, restoring back that same chair of authority seen in the dark ages restoring back to that same city the recognition of prestige it once commanded wherein it will once again speak as it did in the final stages of the Dark Ages with Satanic influence.




Since the turn of the century and especially after World War I, more and more nations began sending their representatives or ambassadors to the Vatican to represent their nation until today most nations of the free world has one there. For years very few ambassadors were present however since World War 2 even the U.S. has placed one there. Now all Western Europe has one. I want you to know the papal office could not heal itself, God allowed Satan through time to do it. While the gentile world struggles for peace and many new pressure points are constantly arising, economic pressures are everywhere and at the same time God is restoring Israel. All this together has rocked the gentile world. Slowly it has caused nations under the guiding influence of that Satanic spirit described as that which was and is not but shall come up out of the bottomless pit to once again characterize itself back within that same old seventh head system of Rome. The day will come when kings, potentates and politicians will not just go to the Vatican for a blessing, NO, the hot-lines in that day won’t be between Washington and Moscow, but between Washington and Rome.




What is the magnetic drawing power that draws such men as Dr. Henry Kissinger and world dignitaries of foreign nations to constantly pay visits to Rome in their world travels? Caesar Augustus or Nero is no longer in Rome but there is a man there called the Pope who these dignitaries know has his agents all over the world and should they find favor with him he could be of great assistance in their peace missions. Throughout Protestantism today men write tracts warning the world that Dr. Henry Kissinger is the antichrist. They feel it is proved by taking his name and breaking it down into the Roman Numeral system and see it comes out to 666, yet Kissinger IS NOT THE ANTICHRIST! He may have sold Israel down the drain but HE IS NOT THE ANTICHRIST! Soon he will fade into the background, yet the antichrist is soon to appear.




Thus by the hour Rev. 13:4 has reached complete fulfillment, this European beastly system once again headed up under the Vatican for authority and leadership will be come up out of the sea and come into its full identity. It will again be headed up under that last form of government seen ruling the old Roman Empire (seventh head carrying that compound meaning.) Thus all those previous territories Rome once ruled will once again through certain political world conditions and other maneuvering be again placed back into the hands of Rome wherein that spirit of Satan will execute his purpose. Remember verse 4 declared they worshiped the dragon or the devil who gave power unto the beast system. And they worshiped the beast saying, who is like unto the beast. Who is able to make war with him? The beast in that hour will be a mighty combination of European and Middle East countries ruled from Rome. Yes, that is what the prophetic world will be saying concerning the beast because the prophetic world has looked and longed for an hour of utopia, a haven of peace and tranquility. Those without revelation, those who have never been born again can’t help in that hour but worship the devil seeing they will be totally unaware of what they are doing. Little do they realize Satan has funneled them into his great trap as that apostate religion will be in control of the reins of the government. None of this trap applies to the bride of Christ seeing she won’t be here in that hour of the last 42 months on earth when he is given a mouth speaking great and blasphemous remarks.


Verse 5, There was given unto him a mouth speaking great things. (Daniel also saw this and recorded it in Daniel 7), And blasphemy and power, John said, was given to him to continue 42 months. Which is none other then the last half of Daniel’s prophetic week. Recall the beginning of the prophetic week itself was introduced to the world strictly as an hour of cooperation and according to Daniel 9:27 will be a period lasting seven years.




For a few moments let us examine that period of time in connection with the day we live, seeing mankind is rapidly approaching that hour of the initial opening of that final prophetic week in Daniel’s prophecy. No, we are not to understand it in the light that when the world has finally reached such an earth shaking hour, they all hurriedly come to a conference table and decide to set up some kind of trial program which will last for seven years to see how well it works. That’s not the picture. God alone will be the timekeeper during those years involving this peace treaty. Moreover, it is God who permits certain world shaking events to transpire in order to bring the frightened world to the opening of that prophetic week. God alone caused mankind to reach an hour. These world shaking events soon to transpire all causes mankind to realize if he is to survive, something must be done.


Therefore to the conference table they come and around this table they work out their political problems, their monetary problems and their military problems. All representatives of the various nations reach one conclusion, this had to be the only solution. Let us accept and adopt it! Therefore, after drawing up a charter, all representatives including Israel place their names upon it. Seeing, Dan. 9:27 declares he makes a covenant with many (nations). When that hour arrives that the by-laws of that charter has embraced, when the last signature goes on that charter, when the antichrist has made his covenant with all the nations including Israel, it will be God alone who will be the timekeeper on all this who begins his stopwatch to ticking off the last seven years of time. Because seven years from the signing of the covenant everything will be brought to an end. Recall, it was God alone who kept the prophetic time record on all these other 69 prophetic weeks. Only the prophecies themselves spoke of it. Nowhere in human history were charters or time pieces devised whereby the Jews could regulate his hour of expectancy in looking for their Messiah. It was only concealed in the prophecies. God watching the duration of those 483 years and seeing the 69th prophetic week drawing to a close, never had any rabbi stood up in the synagogue and declared, Jews, these 69 prophetic weeks are over. Likewise, as it had only been God himself who knew when that 69th prophetic week of Daniel’s prophecy reached it’s climax, so will it be with this final period of time. A Persian King made a decree wherein the Jew should return and rebuild the city in troublesome times, however, once that decree was made, a decree which set in motion those 70 prophetic weeks there was absolutely no other record kept for the duration of those 69 prophetic weeks. God alone had kept track of that prophetic time. Likewise will it be God alone who knows when and where to start the clock of time ticking off the last seven years of time.


The devil within that final week of Daniel’s prophecy will be worshiped and mankind will never be the wiser. Rev. 13:5 declared he was given 42 months which is verified by Daniel 7:25 which declared, And there was given unto him time, times and a half of times which is actually the last half of that seven year period wherein he, the antichrist, will stand out as that beastly man, the world’s false prophet all have looked forward to.




Verse 6 declares he opened his mouth in blasphemy against God. No, he isn’t standing there cursing God, that is not the picture. He is very religious and is looked upon as the world’s religious holy man, yet the scripture declares he blasphemes God. It is simply the fact he is to obtain titles and attribute virtues of authority unto himself, such as being the vicar of Christ, etc. He blasphemes God in using God’s name for carnal, perverted purposes. That is what this religious system has always been guilty of doing, twisting the word of God, hoping to use the authority of the name, to perpetuate and execute all these things. My friend, if you have a Catholic background just remember, I am not preaching at you because I want you to know the remainder of this chapter shows the hour is coming when apostate Protestantism will be as devilish and filthy as Roman Catholicism ever was.




Yes, the scripture said to blaspheme his name, his tabernacle (his church) and them that dwell in heaven. What could that mean? The Roman Church has never cursed angels. Those in heaven simply mean those who sit together in heavenly places in Christ Jesus. No, the Roman Church doesn’t curse the dead. They spoke against (the living) every protestant reformer (when he was alive) and during those Dark Ages spoke against everyone who left the confines of the Catholic establishment to follow one of these reformers declaring they were heretics and unfit to live! No wonder in that dark hour will she once again speak exactly in that same manner. That has always been her way of existence and her way of remaining supreme as a system! She did it in Europe during the Dark Ages before being wounded! But being wounded through the power of the reformation she lost that voice. However, the hour is coming that, that powerful voice will be again restored unto her. Every soul refusing to bow to her dictates, once she takes over the reins of world government, will be ridiculed beyond measure. Because verse 7 says within that 42 months he blasphemed God, his tabernacle or church as well as those which dwell in heavenly places. Note, it was given to him during that period to make war with the saints and overcome them. And all who dwell upon the earth shall worship him whose name has not been written in the Book of Life.


Who are these saints that are refusing to worship him? Are they the bride saints? No, the bride has already left the earth when the last 3 ½ years began. It is none other than a true picture of those poor foolish gentile virgins shown in Matthew 25 who were left behind after the true bride has gone to glory. These are the gentile saints being butchered. That is why Rev. 7:9-17 and especially verse 14 pictures that great (slaughtered) multitude standing before the throne and before the Lamb having already been slain, clothed with white robes and palms in their hands. They were the great multitude who came up out of the great tribulation period (the angel told John)and had washed their robes and made them white in the blood of the Lamb. Yes, these had been left behind after the bride left and during that 42 months they would not bow to the dictates of the antichrist, therefore he made war with the saints and overcame them as power was given to him over all the prophetic nations of the world.




No, that antichrist system is not communism! It is religion propagated and executed under the name of Jesus Christ. When a religious system will publically execute through capital punishment any person refusing to bow to its dictates and do it in the name of Jesus Christ, wouldn’t you think they would be speaking blasphemy against that holy name? No apostle ever killed anyone in the name of Jesus Christ simply because they wouldn’t become converted. Yes, according to verse 7 during that 42 months he makes war with the saints has nothing to do with the bride saints. In this hour the bride has already gone to glory. To overcome them during that 42 months means to destroy or physically kill them. The power given him over all kindred, tongues and nations is that of the Western world, not the Orient or Far East.




Verse 10—-He that leadeth into captivity shall go into captivity-meaning during that period he who is ordained to go to prison and suffer ridicule for the name and for the faith to which he has been testifying, will certainly go to prison. Recall, Christ in Matthew 25 spoke of those who had been in prison during that period of antichrist rule saying unto the sheep nations, I was in prison and you visited me and to the great nations saying, depart from me ye cursed into everlasting fire, I was in prison and you visited me not! Yes, he who is predestined to go into captivity will surely go into captivity. All those rebellious people who refuse to walk in the light of that system will be gotten rid of for John continues saying, for he that killeth with the sword must be killed with the sword, showing if you try to defend yourself that is exactly what they are going to do to you. Truly it will be a terrible hour because verse 10 closes by saying, here is the patience and the faith of the (tribulation) saints.


Keep your eye on that beast John saw coming up out of the sea, because already in Europe it is now rising! For 30 years they have been trying to mold those ten horns together. NATO, the military effort of these European nations, combined with the support, manpower and military force of the U.S. is an effort to bind Europe together militarily to protect themselves against Russia and communism. Beloved, God has permitted Russia to become the scarecrow. Their fear is, one day Russia will invade Europe militarily.


Momentarily we leave this European beast rising up out of the sea and listen to John describing another beast coming up out of the earth–note, not out of the sea. This shows this beast comes from a different geographical area of the earth. The one coming out of the sea signified Europe and the Middle East and was built around the Mediterranean. Don’t move your setting for that beast away from that locality, however, the other beast came up out of the earth; came up out of a continent of land unassociated with the Mediterranean Sea. As a matter of fact, that continent had not even been discovered in 96 A.D. while John was in prison on Patmos. From 95-96 A.D. we have better than 1400 years to go before the discovery came that this planet was round. About the time God was preparing his signal for the beginning of the reformation, he allowed a little Spaniard to receive a revelation the earth was round, and he was ready to prove it. The beast coming up out of the earth, we note, had two horns like a lamb but spake like a dragon. Recall, the dragon was the spirit giving power to the first beast as well as his seat and authority.





Through that same beast system all people worshiped the dragon (devil). Here we see that same devil speaks through this two horned lamb! Verse 12 declares this beast ecclesiastically will exercise all the power of the first beast. In what way? He causes the earth and them that dwell therein to worship the first beast whose deadly wound (on his seventh head)was healed. Remember this healing was none other than the restoring back of the papal power. The earthly lamb beast having two horns in most characteristic. The earth lamb beast represents an area of land housing many people. While it is true America was discovered about the time of the Reformation are you aware that when the Reformation within the old European countries reached a certain point bringing religious freedom to the European people nevertheless because there still remained such a power of these horns in the government of Europe over the lives of their subjects, God knowing the church could never survive in its true biblical sense as long as the people had to inhabit such an environment as that, opened up a new continent for them. To this new land came both protestant and catholic. At first America never resembled what John described here. She was full of beautiful wilderness, etc. Perhaps the religious freedom she offered was unmatched. Her statement based her federal laws upon the Bible. In its original birth the lamb was pure. Her Constitution granted mankind religious freedom. No, in her early hour America never spoke like a dragon. She wouldn’t do that until her purpose had been served. America the land of freedom has sold out to the devil! She never desired to conquer the world as certain European nations had. She was a wonderful little lamb that all nations could play with. She never desired an empire of her own but God made her into one.




Let’s watch the land beast speak. Remember as it began to sell out from its original purpose that was the hour America began to move into her final prophetic picture as shown in our hour. The lamb will begin to speak like a dragon. That is, will begin speaking with the same spirit, the same vision and with the same purpose of that which is going on in Europe. Watch this lamb at work. Verse 13, And he doeth great wonders so that he maketh fire come down from heaven on the earth in the sight of men. This of course is scientific miracles.. The lamb beast was so powerful it could call fire down from heaven. John lived in a day when they didn’t even have muzzle loaders, let alone rockets, atomic and hydrogen bombs. He lived in an hour when all you saw was swords and spears. Had you lived in such an hour and suddenly seen in the spirit rocketry, blazing streaks of fire and such things in the heavens which you had never known before, how would you write about it? No doubt just as John did. He placed what he saw in the best language available for him to describe the scene. And this lamb beast could call fire down from out of heaven in the sight of men. That is the rat race today, who can gain military supremacy in space? Use space platforms or a moon base with rocketry? All this is the final stages of some power being able to master the universe and eventually control the earth. The U.S. is that lamb. True, Russia is also in the race but God in his own hour will take care of that!




Verse 14–And deceive them that dwell on the earth by the means of these miracles which he had power to do in the sight of the (European) beast or first beast. Why does the lamb beast do this? It is the lamb beast’s way of saying to that first beast, don’t worry we will protect you. Why did Dr. Henry Kissinger recently tell NATO officials we will stand with you at any and all cost?





We realize America doesn’t have an Army large enough to guard Europe against a Russian invasion. Military officials realize if ever there would be a confrontation over Europe with Russia, European survival would depend entirely upon America using her scientific military weaponry. America has a new missile which Russia in their arms pact negotiations has desperately tried to talk America out of producing. It is a missile that can be carried on converted conventional aircraft and is so deadly once launched, because they can streak through the air only a few feet above earth below radar detection. Its capability of carrying atomic warheads when zeroed in on a target can tear a huge city to pieces. No wonder there is detente, but it isn’t working, it’s nothing but a political sellout. Negotiations signed between Russia and America isn’t worth the paper they are printed on!




world council of churchesWatch this land beast, because somewhere in the near future, it is going to say to all them dwelling on the prophetic earth that they should make an image to the beast which had the wound by the sword and did live (seventh head completely healed). That is exactly the spirit that has come right out of America. Prior to World War 2 it identified itself as the World Council of Churches. Somewhere man began to realize that Protestantism was too divided and uncooperative while European Catholicism wasn’t divided. Therefore a spirit in America began to say, we must unify, blend our efforts, our motives, our finances and our vision together because after all see what Catholicism can do since it is not divided. If we Protestants would do the same look what we could accomplish. Therefore out of America, out of apostate Protestantism was born the National Council of Churches of Christ consisting of a membership of better than 40 million church going Americans.




Within the framework of this unity of Protestantism comes the backbone of the World Council of Churches, an effort and unity of two former councils sponsoring a drive to unite Protestantism throughout the world. The strong arm of the World Council of Churches comes right out of America. No, not all the people making up the World Council comes from America, of course not! But just as the American dollar built Europe after World War 2, so has the American church treasuries been used to sponsor every organizational effort that has been carried on within the World Council. Therefore you can’t help but see how the wealth of this one nation has rebuilt and restored that beastly system. No, it wasn’t America’s purpose or vision to restore a beastly system in Europe, certainly not! It was simply America’s way of helping Europe reconstruct herself out of those war torn years. America’s spirit was, let’s prove our loyalty and stand with them at any cost against the threat of communism from Russia. While proving our cooperation economically, politically and militarily as a nation of united states who always blended their efforts together, we longed to see Europe catch the spirit and blend themselves together as states united because that is what America is. However when such a thing happens in Europe you are going to see a beast system that has been long prophesied! We wanted them to look at us and catch the spirit of what it could mean for them to be united and working together in cooperation. Therefore, in this fashion America definitely helped unify Europe! That is exactly what this lamb beast of America has done for 30 years. Thus in that framework of thought while from the political side America is building a beastly system in Europe, from our religious structure in the country America has been building an image to that first beast, seeing the World Council of Churches is well on its way of reaching its ultimate goal in becoming that image to the beast with the wounded head.





What does scripture declare that this image (World Council of Churches) will begin to do once it is brought into full focus via the lamb beast? Verse 15-And he (America) has power to give life unto the image of the beast, meaning that through the spirit of the devil that was coming up through the U.S. as she began to sell out from her original God given purpose and turn herself over to the devil, that same devil began to come right up into the structure of the church system and deceivingly say through bishops, clergymen, etc., you must now all cooperate together! Beloved, this image is on the road and is speaking from America!




Who, during the war-torn years of Vietnam, put up the most criticism? The clergy of course! Slowly religions are working to entwine themselves in their apostate condition into the structure of political government. Read verse 15 and watch what this image does once it was furnished life by the land (lamb) beast. That the image of the beast should both speak and cause as many as would not worship the image of the beast should be killed. That is exactly what will happen in the hour of antichrist as the image works in complete and full cooperation with the seventh head on the beast which was wounded unto death but is healed. Do you realize when the Spirit of God leaves religion it is an open invitation for the devil to take over? Even now notice how cruel religion can be. Let a man of God receive a true revelation and begin preaching it, every organization of apostate religion will condemn it, ready to tear that man to pieces. That is minor compared to what it will do once the antichrist becomes head of it!


Verse 16-And he causes all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond, to receive a mark in their right hand or in their forehead. And that no man might buy or sell save he that hath the mark or the name of the beast or the number of his name. Here is wisdom let him that understandeth count the number of the beast. It is the number of a man and his number is six hundred threescore and six.




Vicarius Filii Dei - 666 - The Mark of the BeastFor the remainder of the message I want to discuss with you somewhat concerning this number of 666. Recently I read a tract written by an ex-catholic priest who listed the title the pope attributes to himself as Vicarius Filii Dei (Vicar of Christ) as 666. Vicar meaning God’s personal representative on earth. That is blasphemy! You can’t be a representative unless the Holy Ghost is in you. When Paul declared God had chosen him to reveal his Son in him that wasn’t blasphemy. However, when the pope declares he is the representative of Christ on earth and does the things he does, it is blasphemy! Because that is not the Holy Ghost speaking, it is the devil speaking to deceive mankind. Thus when the Roman title Vicarius Filii Dei meaning the Vicar of Christ worn in his crown is broken down into Roman Numerals it adds up to 666.




Through the years different Roman generals and leaders whose name, rank or title of office has also added up to the same but remember, the world had not reached the hour that all other systems of man were to be climaxed and culminated and submitted into an hour when 666 stood out. For instance, a hundred years ago we had no such things as Social Security cards, telephone numbers or credit card numbers. Babies in hospitals were known by names, not by a number as they are today. There were no computers, yet by the time we reached the mid 20th Century various nations of the Western world began to devise methods of personal identification. No, the Social Security card number is not the beast. As years passed phones became more numerous therefore they soon devised an automatic hook-up to by-pass the local operator. This was a system operated electronically by impulse going into the switchboard. Then arrived the hour a person in one city could call a friend in a distant city, directly on the same frequency of four letters, but the area he lived in had to be identified different from this, therefore placed in front of the friend’s number were three digits to represent his area. As the system grew, in order to by-pass cities as well as long distance operators they now break the states up into identified areas, a certain segment of the state is recognized by a three digit code.


It is all a modern progress of a modern communication. I am using this to illustrate a point. Adopting the area code by-passed the long distance operator. Today as we make our call, the first three numbers (the area code) as it is called, reached the state, the next three numbers places us into the particular city of the state we are calling and after that comes the person’s own individual four numbers and the call is completed.




Take the Social Security number for instance. Once in had become more numerous, the country finally adopted a code whereby everyone born is automatically given a social security number. The first three numbers is a three number digit coming into a fast age of quicker communication, quicker identification, it is all done to simplify matters in keeping records. You can’t write a name on a card, place it into a machine and expect it to begin clicking. But you write a name and add the correct number and see what happens. We are rapidly being brought into an hour when nations of people are brought into an identification of a number system. It is the highest peak of modern technical achievement of identification. Babies in hospitals are automatically assigned numbers and the computer knows each of us by a number, not by a given name.




I did not know this until recent years but as NATO began to work in a cooperative hour with the European Common Market after WWII and the Common Market being the economic (trade)structure within the same area of NATO which is the military structure, that within those NATO nations, as they began to cooperate for a unity economically and sell their products among NATO nations which eliminates tariffs and such, during this time they began to adopt a number and did you know the number they adopted as they began to trade among European Common Market nations was a three digit number—–get this, that number was 666. It began appearing on many trade items. 666 is that three digit number of NATO and the Common Market nations! Many license plates in Europe today somewhere carry that number 666. When Egypt reopened the Suez Canal which had been closed since the six day war, the first ship to pass through was one bearing this Common Market number, 666. 666 identifies all nations working in the unification and cooperation of the European nations.




While true, 666 points toward the number of a man, yet I want you to know when that particular man comes on the scene and is introduced to the world and his numerical number is 666, are you aware he will not have to tell the world economist they will have to adopt an identifying system, Absolutely not! That identification system will already be here. In that respect he won’t have to suggest one thing, it will by that hour have been worked out. No, the pope won’t have to run for election, he is already destined! There will be many numbers within the whole numerical system, nevertheless, all the numbers that are tied into his beast system will be tied into the three digit number 666. When that crucial hour of the beastly system has arrived in full force, 666 will be linked to all other numbers. Scripture declares it is either received in the palm of the hand or forehead.




Today nations are working rapidly on a cashless society. An article appeared early this year in a leading Canadian paper which proclaimed Canada the first nation with the capacity to go cashless and told how she intended to proceed on this course. Once it was set up, the money saved yearly by this procedure was unbelievable. The credit card era will be short-lived. Already grocery stores in various parts of the country are being hooked up to the computer system of local banks. People working in industry no longer will have to receive a check. Through the computer system, places of employment computes to the bank a certain amount of money for that individual, store chains are hooked up to these banks by the same computer system. When you go to the grocery store you will note products today carry computer marks. Cash registers are becoming completely different. When your purchase is added ,whatever your computer number is for the bank to operate, that number is fed directly to the bank and okayed. The computer automatically takes the total of your purchase from the balance of your account and no money is handled.


We understand the purpose of all this is to prevent the possibility of fraud. A mark is being devised to rid the possibility of fraud. They claim this mark is placed on the flesh by a laser beam, a mark which cannot be seen by the natural eye but is registered through the computer once the individual stands before it. This allows only the person the use of the computer number to which it is registered. Beloved, I am not saying this is the beast, but I am saying we are at the end. All these numbers will eventually be funneled into this number 666, that is as far as you can go! It lets me know when the hour arrives for the beast to fully come on the scene, every monetary system will already be tied into it. Every political program will be monitored and tied into it. Even the operation of your military forces within the western world will all be channeled through a system which is all tied to the beast and headed by the antichrist.




The hour is rapidly approaching when the silver coins will vanish from the scene and you will no longer see the dollar bill. You will no longer see this modern means of business transaction. Can you not see how all this will make it more to the advantage of the antichrist in his hour to head a world monetary operation? How simple it would be to send out a decree that except a man wear a mark of a number and be identified with this certain system politically, religiously and economically, he couldn’t buy nor sell! What an advantage that would be over human beings. No, God won’t allow the world to last long under that kind of system, because when we turn to Revelation 17 and having about reached the end of that 70th week or be within the last half of the week when that evil force has killed or run off all who would resist its evil, God will turn that communistic spirit loose on her.




That is why the angel took John into the wilderness and said, Come here I will show you the judgement of the great whore who sitteth upon many waters. John saw a beautiful woman sitting on a scarlet covered beast, the same beast portrayed in Revelation 13. There she sat, decked in scarlet, the royal color of the Vatican as well as the color of the Roman cardinal body. She was decked with all kinds of precious stones, gold, etc. As he gazed with great admiration, John caught himself admiring her, but while gazing upon her as she rode this European beast, she turned toward John and he saw some writing in her forehead, the writing was MYSTERY BABYLON, THE MOTHER OF HARLOTS! No, she wasn’t one of these cheap women of the streets, she worked her profession among the wealthy and social class. She flirted only with the kings and wealthy.




John was told to watch her judgment. There she sat on this beast in that hour riding all over the prophetic world and as John watched her, he saw ten horns fastened to the head of this beast suddenly reach up and begin to rip and tear her to pieces. NO, it wasn’t the nation called Russia tearing her to pieces, it was a communistic spirit within her own ten horns over which she had been riding for centuries of time that was ripping her to pieces.


Today Communism is rapidly on the rise in Europe. Italy is being greatly undermined by the communistic forces today. We are at the end! All these things are pointing to that hour.CHURCH UNITY IS ABOUT COMPLETED, ALL WE NEED IS ANOTHER WORLD SHAKING EVEN TO TRIGGER A TRANSACTION AMONG THE NATIONS AND HURRY THEM TOGETHER! WHEN THAT HAPPENS BELOVED, YOU HAVE THIS TERRIBLE THING ON THE STAGE OF TIME!